DevExpress.XtraEditors.v14.1

Enumerates values that specify how list box items are selected when item hot-tracking is enabled.

If item hot-tracking is enabled, an item is selected when clicked. This option is not in effect if the property is set to .

If item hot-tracking is enabled, an item is selected when hovering over it with the mouse.

The same as the option plus the following. If item skinning is enabled via the option, the event is raised each time an item is hot-tracked. In mode, the event is raised only when clicking the item.

Provides data for the event.

Creates an instance of the class.

A enumeration value representing the current check state of the check editor. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the current check state of a check editor.

A enumeration value representing an editor's check state.

Gets or sets an edited value corresponding to the current check state.

An object representing the edit value.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event source. This parameter identifies the which raised the event. A object which contains event data.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the PopupMenuShowingEventArgs class with the specified settings.

The node where the menu is to be displayed. This value is used to initialize the property. The type of the Filter Control's element where the menu is to be displayed. This value is used to initialize the property. The type of menu to be displayed. This value is used to initialize the property. The menu to be displayed. This value is used to initialize the property. The position where the menu is to be invoked. This value is used to initialize the property.

Gets the node where the menu is to be displayed.

A Node object that identifies the clicked node.

Gets the type of the Filter Control's element where the menu is to be displayed.

An ElementType enumeration value that identifies the type of the Filter Control's element where the menu is to be displayed.

Gets the menu that will be invoked.

A object that is the menu to be invoked.

Gets the type of the FilterControl's menu to be invoked.

A FilterControlMenuType enumeration value that specifies the type of the FilterControl's menu to be invoked.

Gets the position where the menu is to be invoked.

A Point value that specifies the position where the menu is to be invoked.

Gets or sets whether the current menu should be restored to its default state, after it has been displayed on-screen.

A Boolean value that specifies whether the current menu should be restored to its default state after it has been displayed on-screen.

Contains values that specify how a Filter Editor Control's criteria can be edited.

The Filter Editor's filter can be solely edited in text form, using a dedicated text editor.

A Filter Editor displays two pages: Text and Visual, allowing an end-user to build filters in text and visual forms respectively.

The Filter Editor's filter can be solely edited in a visual form, using a dedicated tree view.

A Filter Editor displays two pages: Visual and Text, allowing an end-user to build filters in visual and text forms respectively.

Contains data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the GetImageEventArgs class with custom settings.

true if the image query is the result of a forward image slide; otherwise, false. true if the image query is the result of a backward image slide; otherwise, false. true if the image required is the very first to be uploaded; otherwise, false. true if a new image was successfully displayed within the current ; otherwise, false.

Initializes a new instance of the GetImageEventArgs class with the specified settings.

true, if the first image within the needs to be displayed; otherwise, false. true, if the last image within the needs to be displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the currently displayed image was successfully changed.

true if the currently displayed image was successfully changed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets an image that is be displayed within the current .

An Image object that is to be displayed within the current .

Gets or sets if the image to be displayed is the first image within the .

true, if the image to be displayed is the first image within the ; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets if the image to be displayed is the last image within the .

true, if the image to be displayed is the last image within the ; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the image query is the result of an image sliding forward.

true if whether the image query is the result of an image sliding forward; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the image query is the result of an image sliding backward.

true if the image query is the result of an image sliding backwards; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the image required is the very first to be uploaded by the current .

true if the image required is the very first to be uploaded; otherwise, false.

Enumerates painting styles for selected and hot-tracked items in list box and pop up controls.

The same as the Skinned option.

Selected and hot-tracked items are painted skinned if a skinning painting scheme is applied. Otherwise, items are not skinned.

Selected and hot-tracked items are not skinned and painted using the default system color. In a control's descendants, if item hot-tracking is enabled, selected and hot-tracked items are always in sync, and setting the property to SelectItemOnClick is not in effect.

Contains values that specify how a control indicates data operations performed in a background thread.

The same as the option.

Background operations are indicated within a dedicated indicator button. For the , these operations are indicated within the Header Panel Button.

Background operations are indicated within a special panel displayed above a control.

Represents the Area view of the chart range control client.

Initializes a new instance of the AreaChartRangeControlClientView class.

Specifies the opacity (0-255) of the chart range control client area view.

A value from 0 (transparent) to 255 (opaque).

Lists values that specify how the control stores images pasted via the editor's context menu

A pasted image is stored to the editor's edit value as an array of bytes.

A pasted image is stored either as an object or as an array of bytes to the editor's edit value, depending upon the type of the current edit value. If the editor's EditValue currently stores an object, the newly pasted image will be stored as an as well. Otherwise, the new image will be stored as an array of bytes.

A pasted image is stored to the editor's edit value as an object.

Represents a method that will handle an editor's event.

Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter.

The event source. This identifies the editor which fires the event. A object that contains data for the event.

Represents the ControlNavigator's button collection.

Creates a new object.

A object representing the buttons dispalyed within the ControlNavigator.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the CustomDisplayTextEventArgs class.

An object that represents an editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. A string that represents an editor's display text. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets an editor's display text.

A string value that represents an editor's display text.

Gets an editor's current value.

An object that represents an editor's current value.

Contains values that specify the style of custom buttons in alert windows.

A button functions as a regular button, producing the event when clicked.

A button functions as a check button, producing the event when its pressed state is changed.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new CustomHeaderButtonEventArgs class instance with the specified button and page.

A value that is a clicked button. The parameter initializes the property. A object that is an active tab page. The parameter initializes the property.

Gets an active tab page within the tab control.

An IXtraTabPage object that is an active tab page.

Gets the currently processed custom header button.

A object that is the currently processed custom header button.

A button that can be associated with a popup control or a context menu.

Initializes a new instance of the DropDownButton class with default settings.

Gets or sets whether a click on the button opens the dropdown control. This option is in effect when the property is set to false.

true if a click on the button opens the dropdown control; otherwise, false.

Allows you to respond to clicking the drop-down arrow.

This member is not supported by the DropDownButton class.

null.

Gets or sets whether and how a dropdown arrow is displayed within the DropDownButton.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets the popup control associated with the button.

An object implementing the DevExpress.Utils.Menu.IDXDropDownControl interface, representing the associated popup control.

Hides the opened popup control.

Gets or sets whether the drop-down arrow's region contains the point with the specified coordinates.

A structure representing the point to test. true if the drop-down arrow's region contains the point with the specified coordinates; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the associated popup control is currently open.

true if the popup control is open; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets an object that manages the display of the associated popup control .

An object implementing the IDXMenuManager interface.

Gets or sets whether the drop-down arrow is displayed as a part of the DropDownButton control.

true if the drop-down arrow is visible; otherwise,false.

Opens the associated popup control.

Fires when an attempt is made to open the associated popup control.

A button that supports two states - elevated and depressed, which are toggled on clicking the button.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckButton class with the specified check state.

A Boolean value that specifies the button's check state. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckButton class with default settings.

Gets or sets whether a checked button that belongs to a logical group can be unchecked by clicking this button.

true if a checked button that belongs to a logical group can be unchecked by clicking this button.

Binds the specific command to this CheckButton.

An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. An Object (e.g., a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. An Action that specifies whether this CheckButton is currently enabled. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter.

Binds the specific command to this CheckButton.

An Object that is the command to be bound to this CheckButton. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. An Action that specifies whether this CheckButton is currently enabled.

Binds the specific command to this CheckButton.

Gets or sets the button's check state.

true if the button is checked (in the depressed state); false if the button is unchecked (in the elevated state).

Allows you to respond to the button's check state being changed.

Gets or sets the index of a logical group to which the button belongs.

An integer value that specifies the index of the logical group to which the button belongs.

Swaps the button's check state.

Provides data validation management for DevExpress bound and unbound editors.

Initializes a new instance of the DXValidationProvider class with the specified container control.

An object that implements the interface, and owns the created object.

Initializes a new instance of the DXValidationProvider class with the specified container control.

A object that owns the created object.

Initializes a new instance of the DXValidationProvider class with default settings.

Indicates whether a control can be extended.

The control to be extended. true if the control can be extended; otherwise, false.

Retrieves the alignment of an error icon for the specified control.

A target control. An value.

Gets the collection of the controls whose values are invalid.

The collection of the controls whose values are invalid.

Returns a validation rule associated with the specified descendant.

A descendant. A descendant that represents the validation rule associated with the editor. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no validation rule is associated with the specified editor.

Gets the collection of the controls whose values are invalid.

The collection of the controls whose values are invalid.

Removes an error associated with the specified control.

A control whose error must be removed.

Sets the alignment of an error icon for the specified control.

A target control. An value that specifies the alignment to be set for the control.

Associates a validation rule with the specified descendant.

A descendant that represents the editor. A descendant that represents the validation rule.

Validates the specified editor associated with the DXValidationProvider.

A object or descendant that represents the editor to be validated. true if the editor has been successfully validated; otherwise false.

Validates all the editors associated with the DXValidationProvider.

true if all the editors have been successfully validated; false if one or more editors haven't been validated.

Gets or sets whether hidden editors are validated when calling the method.

true if validation of hidden editors is enabled; otherwise, false

Allows you to perform actions when a control's validation fails.

Gets or sets the validation mode.

A enumeration value that specifies the validation mode.

Represents the class which stores settings specific to the control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemZoomTrackBar class.

This member supports the internal infrastructure and cannot be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets if the property is in effect.

true, if the property is in effect; otherwise, false.

Copies the settings of the specified repository item.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Occurs after the ZoomTrackBar control's pressed button has been released.

Occurs immediately after the ZoomTrackBar control's button has been pressed.

Labels are not supported in s.

Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Labels are not supported in s.

Gets or sets the value set to the middle tick.

An Int32 value that is the value set to the middle tick.

Gets or sets the paint style of the control's scroll thumb.

A value.

Labels are not supported in s.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemZoomTrackBar class.

An integer value.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemZoomTrackBar class.

A value.

A zoom track bar.

Initializes a new instance of the ZoomTrackBarControl class.

Occurs after the ZoomTrackBar control's pressed button has been released.

Occurs immediately after the ZoomTrackBar control's button has been pressed.

Calculates the editor's minimum height.

The editor's minimum height, in pixels.

Gets the editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control.

A object that contains a control's settings.

Represents the class which stores settings specific to the control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemFontEdit class.

Copies properties and event handlers of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemFontEdit class.

A value.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemFontEdit class.

A value.

Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Gets the collection of items displayed in the dropdown.

A object.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemFontEdit class.

A object.

Gets or sets the maximum number of items in the editor's MRU list.

An integer value that specifies the maximum number of items in the editor's MRU list.

Gets or sets whether a FontEdit editor only displays the fonts that support the Regular font style.

A Boolean value that specifies whether a FontEdit editor only displays the fonts that support the Regular font style.

Gets or sets whether sample previews are displayed for symbol fonts in the dropdown.

true if sample previews are displayed for symbol fonts in the dropdown; otherwise, false.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemFontEdit class.

A value.

Represents an editor providing a dropdown, listing available fonts.

Initializes a new instance of the FontEdit class.

Closes the popup window accepting the changes made.

Gets the editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control.

A object that contains a control's settings.

Gets or sets the index of the selected item.

An integer value that specifies the index of the selected item.

Represents the base class for controls which provide the ability to edit datetime values.

Overrides the property.

A value.

Overrides the property.

A object.

Gets or sets the style used to draw editor buttons.

A enumeration value identifying the style to draw editor buttons.

Calculates the minimum size the control needs to be to contain its contents.

A object which specifies the graphics used to draw the DateEditCalendarBase control. A object representing the minimum size of the control that will best fit its content.

Occurs when drawing day cells in the DateEditCalendarBase control.

Gets or sets the date format settings currently used by the DateEditCalendarBase control.

A object which contains the currnt date format settings.

Gets or sets the date/time value edited within the DateEditCalendarBase control.

A object representing selected date/time value.

Occurs when the date currently being edited in this control has been changed.

Gets the day which the DateEditCalendarBase's week starts from.

A enumeration value specifying the start day of the week for the DateEditCalendarBase.

Overrides the property.

A value.

Gets the total height of all buttons shown within the DateEditCalendarBase control.

An integer value representing the total height of all buttons.

Gets information on the element located at the specified point.

A MouseEventArgs object that specifies a test pont A CalendarHitInfo object that contains information on an element.

Gets or sets a value indicating if holiday dates should be highlighted in Red.

Always true.

Gets or sets the date being hot-tracked.

The date being hot-tracked.

Gets or sets a value indicating if end-users can select several dates at the same time in the DateEditCalendarBase.

true to allow multiple dates to be selected at the same time; otherwise, false.

Manually processes the event when a key is pressed while the control has focus, and then raises the event.

A object which contains data for the event.

Gets or sets the read-only status of the DateEditCalendarBase control.

true if end-users can not modify a control's value; otherwise, false.

Gets the current selection.

A object containing the currently selected dates.

Gets the last date selected in the DateEditCalendarBase control.

A object.

Gets the earliest date selected in the DateEditCalendarBase control.

A object.

Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the Today button is visible.

Always true.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether week numbers will be shown in the DateEditCalendarBase.

Always false.

Overrides the property.

A value.

Provides access to the Today button which is shown at the bottom of the DateEditCalendarBase control.

A object which represents the Today button.

Gets or sets the current view used to display date edited in the DateEditCalendarBase control.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets the rule which specifies the first week of the year.

Always WeekNumberRule.Default.

Represents the base class for controls which provide the ability to edit datetime values.

Initializes a new instance of the BaseDateControl class with default settings.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the control's calendar area.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the calendar area.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint a control's header.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header.

Provides appearance settings used to paint week numbers.

An object that contains the corresponding appearance settings.

Gets or sets the style used to draw editor buttons.

A enumeration value identifying the style to draw editor buttons.

Gets or sets a value indicating if holiday dates should be highlighted in Red.

true to highlight holiday dates; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether week numbers will be shown in the BaseDateControl.

true to show week numbers; otherwise, false.

Represents the base class for controls which provide the ability to edit datetime values.

Initializes a new instance of the DateControl class with default settings.

Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the Today button is visible.

true to show the Today button; otherwise, false.

Serves as the base for classes providing data for and events.

Creates an instance of the class.

A expression representing the check editor's edited value. A enumeration value representing the editor's check state.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the default event processing should be avoided.

true if the default event processing is avoided; otherwise, false.

Contains values that specify the way time is edited in a control.

The time value is edited using spin buttons:

The time value is edited using a Touch-aware dropdown window:

Contains values that specify the way dates are edited via a control's dropdown window.

The classic calendar:

The appearance of the calendar is dependent on the current OS.

The touch-aware date-editing UI: Which portions of a date-time value can be edited are specified by the control's mask (see the inherited property).

The Vista-style calendar: Which portions of a time value can be edited via the dropdown calendar are specified by a mask. See the Properties.CalendarTimeProperties.Mask () property.

Represents a track bar with two sliders that allow a user to select a range of values.

Initializes a new instance of the RangeTrackBarControl class.

Gets or sets whether an end-user can drag the selected range with the mouse.

true if a user can drag the selected range with the mouse; otherwise, false.

Gets the editor's class name.

A string that represents the editor's class name.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to track bars.

A object that contains range track bar settings.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

A object that represents the editor's value.

Contains settings specific to a editor.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemRangeTrackBar class.

Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor.

true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false.

Gets the editor's class name.

A string that represents the editor's class name.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemRangeTrackBar class.

An integer value.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemRangeTrackBar class.

An integer value.

Represents the range of values.

Initializes a new instance of the TrackBarRange class.

An integer value that specifies the minimum limit of the range. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value that specifies the maximum limit of the range. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the TrackBarRange object whose minimum and maximum limits of the range are equal to 0. To determine whether the TrackBarRange object is empty, use the property.

[To be supplied]

Determines whether the current object has the same settings as that of the specified object.

A TrackBarRange object to compare with the current object. true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as that of the current object; otherwise, false.

Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current TrackBarRange object.

An integer value representing the hash code for the current object.

Gets whether the minimum and maximum limits of the range are equal to 0.

true if the minimum and maximum limits of the range are equal to 0; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the maximum limit of the range.

An integer value that specifies the maximum limit of the range.

Gets or sets the minimum limit of the range.

An integer value that specifies the minimum limit of the range.

Returns a human-readable string that represents the TrackBarRange object.

A value that represents the TrackBarRange object.

Represents a message box that can contain text, caption, buttons, icons, etc.

Gets or sets whether the message box is painted using its own look and feel settings.

true if the message box is painted using its own look and feel settings; false if the default look and feel settings are used.

Gets or sets whether the HTML text formatting feature is enabled by default in message boxes, displayed using the method.

true, if the HTML text formatting feature is enabled by default in message boxes; otherwise, false.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption, buttons, icon, default button and plays the sound that corresponds to the specified system-alert level.

An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. The displayed in the message box. The zero-based index of the default button. One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text, caption and buttons.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption and buttons.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text, caption, buttons, icon, default button and plays the sound that corresponds to the specified system-alert level.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. The displayed in the message box. The zero-based index of the default button. One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption, buttons and icon.

An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text.

A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text, caption, buttons and icon.

A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text and caption.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text and caption.

A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner and text.

An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner and text.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text and caption.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text and caption.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified text, caption, buttons, icon and default button.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified owner, text, caption, buttons, icon and default button.

An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings and text.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text, caption, buttons and icon.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption, buttons, icon and default button.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption, buttons, icon and default button.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption, buttons and icon.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, text, caption and buttons.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified look and feel settings, owner, text, caption and buttons.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. The text to display in the message box. The message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format a message box' text and caption. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

An object that serves as a dialog box's top-level window and owner. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the message box's caption. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. The text to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of the message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

The text to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. The displayed in the message box. The zero-based index of the default button. One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. An array of values that specify which buttons to display in the message box. The displayed in the message box. The zero-based index of the default button. One of the values that specifies a system-alert level. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies the default button for the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. The text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of amessage box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. One of the values that specifies which icon to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

A object whose properties specify the look and feel of the message box. An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A string value that specifies the caption of a message box. A value that specifies which buttons to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Displays the XtraMessageBox with the specified settings.

An object that serves as the top-level window and owner of a dialog box. A string value that specifies the text to display in the message box. A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text and caption of a message box. See to learn more. One of the values.

Provides error management for DevExpress bound and unbound editors.

Initializes a new instance of the DXErrorProvider class with the specified control container.

A parent of controls whose errors are monitored by the DXErrorProvider. This value is used to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container.

An object which implements the interface.

Initializes a new instance of the DXErrorProvider class with the default settings.

Sets the data source to be monitored for errors.

A data set to be monitored for errors. This value is used to initialize the property. The name of the specified data set member. This value is used to initialize the property.

Gets a value indicating whether a control can be extended.

The control to be extended. true if the control can be extended; otherwise, false.

Visually clears all error icons that have been displayed by the current DXErrorProvider.

Gets or sets a control which owns the controls monitored for errors.

The that contains the controls monitored for errors by the DXErrorProvider.

Gets or sets a data source member monitored for errors.

A string value representing the data source member.

Gets or sets the data source to be monitored for errors.

An object which represents the data source.

Gets a list of the controls with which errors of the specified type are associated.

An value that specifies the type of error that editors to be returned must contain. A list of the controls with which errors are associated.

Gets a list of the controls with which errors are associated.

A list of the controls with which errors are associated.

Gets an error text associated with the specified control.

A control whose error text is returned. A value that represents the error text associated with the specified control.

Allows you to provide custom error icons for editors.

This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets the type of error associated with the specified control.

The control whose error type should be obtained. A value that specifies the error type.

Returns the alignment of the error icon associated with the specified control.

A control whose error icon alignment is returned. A value that specifies the alignment of the control's error icon.

Gets whether there is any error that is set via the DXErrorProvider's methods or on the data source level.

true if there is any error; otherwise, false.

Returns whether there is any error of the specified type.

An value that represents the error type to be located. true if there is an error of the specified type; otherwise, false.

Updates error information for the specified editor.

The editor whose error information is to be updated.

Updates error information for all editors managed by the DXErrorProvider.

Sets an error, of a specific error type for a control.

A control with which an error is associated. A string that specifies the error text. An value that represents the error type, and the type of error icon that will be displayed.

Sets a default type error for a control.

A control with which an error is associated. A string that specifies the error text.

Sets the type of error associated with the specified control.

The control whose error type is specified. An value that specifies the error type.

Specifies the alignment of an error icon for a control.

The control for which the error icon alignment is specified. A value that specifies the alignment of the control's error icon.

Updates the binding and display error information, to reflect errors that could have been set on the data store level.

Represents a Filter Control.

Initializes a new instance of the FilterControl class.

Gets the currently active editor used to edit operand value(s).

A descendant that represents the currently active editor. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no operand value is currently being edited.

Fires when the active editor in the FilterControl is being validated.

Gets or sets whether filters can be created against properties that are List objects.

A value that specifies if filters can be created against properties that are List objects.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the color used to paint text in the FilterControl when it is disabled.

The color used to paint text in the disabled FilterControl.

Gets or sets the color of empty values.

A structure that specifies the color of empty values.

Gets or sets the color of field names.

A structure that specifies the color of field names.

Gets or sets the color of group operators.

A structure that specifies the color of group operators.

Gets or sets the color of logical operators.

A structure that specifies the color of logical operators.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint tree lines.

A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint tree lines.

Gets or sets the color of values.

A structure that specifies the color of values.

Applies the filter criteria to the source control.

Fires before creating an editor used to edit operands in the FilterControl.

Fires before displaying an editor used to edit operands in the FilterControl.

Creates empty criteria for the default column ().

A Node object that specifies the created empty criteria for the default column.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Fires before an editor used to edit operands is disposed of.

Occurs after filter criteria in the FilterControl have been modified.

Gets a filter column collection.

A object that represents the collection of filter columns.

Gets or sets the total filter expression.

A descendant that represents the total filter expression.

Gets or sets the total filter expression.

A value that specifies the total filter expression.

Fires after a value of the property has been changed.

Gets the object which contains information used to render the Filter Control.

A object.

Gets the default column used to create a new filter in the Filter Control.

The default filter column.

Fires after any element (logical operator, operand value, field name, etc.) of the Filter Control has been clicked.

Fires after any element (logical operator, operand value, field name, etc.) of the Filter Control has been double clicked.

Gets or sets a value which specifies the width of level indents (horizontal tree lines).

An integer value that specifies the indent, in pixels.

Gets or sets the maximum number of atomic operands simultaneously displayed within a group operand. If there are more atomic operands in display mode, the group operand's text representation will be trimmed. In edit mode, the group operand's values will be edited via a control. This feature is supported when the FilterControl is bound to XtraGrid.

An integer value that specifies the maximum number of atomic operands simultaneously displayed within a group operand.

Gets or sets the menu manager which controls the look and feel of the context menus.

An object which implements the interface.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the distance between logical expressions.

An integer value which specifies the distance between logical expressions, in pixels.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Fires when a popup menu is about to be displayed for the FilterControl's visual elements.

Specifies the filter column which is used by default when a new logical expression is created.

A object or a descendant which represents the filter column used by default when a new logical expression is created.

Creates filter columns.

A object that represents the collection of filter columns. An object which represents the menu manager which controls the look and feel of the context menus.

Creates filter columns.

A object that represents the collection of filter columns.

Gets or sets whether the FilterControl displays date-time specific constants for date-time fields, allowing a filter to be created using these constants.

true if the FilterControl displays date-time specific constants for date-time fields; otherwise, false

Gets or sets whether date-time specific operators are available for date-time fields.

true if date-time specific operators are available for date-time fields; otherwise, false

Allows the FilterControl's context menus to be customized.

Gets or sets whether the group commands icon is displayed.

true to display the group commands icon; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the IsNull operator is available for string values.

true if the IsNull operator is available for string values; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the FilterControl allows specific functions/constants to be used within operand value boxes.

true if the FilterControl allows specific functions/constants to be used within operand value boxes; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the operand's value can be swapped.

true to allow end-users to swap the operand's value; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether column captions appear sorted in the FilterControl's menus.

true to sort column captions; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the source control.

An object that represents the source control for the Filter Control.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

null (Nothing in Visual Basic)

Gets or sets whether a menu or combobox editor is used to select operands and operators in a FilterControl.

true if a menu is used to select operands and operators in a FilterControl; false if a combobox editor is used.

Serves as a base for button controls.

Creates an instance of the class.

Gets or sets the button's background color.

A structure which specifies the button's background color.

Binds the specific command to this BaseButton.

An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. An Object (e.g., a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. An Action that specifies whether this BaseButton is currently enabled. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter.

Binds the specific command to this BaseButton.

An Object that is the command to be bound to this BaseButton. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter. An Action that specifies whether this BaseButton is currently enabled.

Binds the specific command to this BaseButton.

An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. An Object (e.g., a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. An Action that specifies whether this BaseButton is currently enabled. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter.

Gets or sets the border style of the button control.

A enumeration member specifying the border style of the button.

Gets or sets the style of the button control.

A enumeration member specifying the button style.

Calculates the button's size needed to fit its content.

A System.Drawing.Graphics object used to paint. A System.Drawing.Size object representing the button's size that will best fit its content.

Calculates the button size required to fit its content, but not exceeding the specified maximum width.

The value that limits the width. A System.Drawing.Size object representing the button size that best fits its content, but whose width does not exceed the specified value.

Gets or sets a value that is returned to the parent form when the button is clicked.

A DialogResult enumeration member specifying the value that is returned to the parent form when the button is clicked.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

true if the button should behave as the default button; otherwise false.

Responds to button clicks.

Resets the property back to its default value.

An image collection for an control.

Initializes a new instance of the SliderImageCollection class with the specified settings.

An ImageSlider that owns the newly created SliderImageCollection.

Adds an item to the current SliderImageCollection collection and returns its index.

An Image object to be added to the current SliderImageCollection. An integer value indicating an index of the item added.

Returns whether the current SliderImageCollection contains a specified image object.

An Image object to check as to whether it belongs to the current SliderImageCollection. true if the current SliderImageCollection contains a specified image object; otherwise, false.

Returns an index of the specified Image object within the current SliderImageCollection.

An Image object, whose index is to be obtained. An integer value that defines an index of the specified Image object within the current SliderImageCollection.

Places an image object at the specified position in the current SliderImageCollection.

An integer value indicating a position within the current SliderImageCollection to which an image will be placed. An Image object to be added to a specified position in the current SliderImageCollection.

Provides indexed access to images stored within the SliderImageCollection.

An integer value, specifying a position of the required Image object within the current SliderImageCollection An Image object contained within the current SliderImageCollection at the specified position.

Removes the specified image from the current SliderImageCollection.

An Image object to be removed from the current SliderImageCollection.

Gets an that owns the current SliderImageCollection.

An that owns the current SliderImageCollection.

Contains settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemSparklineEdit class with default settings.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Overrides the property to hide it.

Always false.

Gets or sets the data source for the RepositoryItemSparklineEdit control.

A System.Object class descendant which represents a datasource for a sparkline.

Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Gets or sets the name of a data field containing the sparkline's edit value.

A string value specifying a field name in the data source.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

A DevExpress.XtraEditors.PrintCellHelperInfo object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. A DevExpress.XtraPrinting.IVisualBrick object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Specifies the internal space between the editor's content and its edge, in pixels.

A value.

Gets or sets the name of a data field containing values for sorting sparkline data points.

A string value specifying a field name in the data source.

Specifies how data points are sorted.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets the name of a data field containing values for sparkline data points.

A string value specifying a field name in the data source.

Gets or sets the view used to represent sparkline data.

A class descendant.

A Windows UI-style check editor.

Initializes a new instance of the ToggleSwitch class.

Gets the editor's class name.

A System.String object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the editor's edit value, which specifies the editor's check state.

The editor's edit value.

Gets or sets the control's check state.

true, if the control is checked; otherwise, false.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the control.

A object instance containing settings for the control.

This property is not supported by the ToggleSwitch class.

Inverts the state of the ToggleSwitch control.

Fires when the control's state is changed.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemToggleSwitch class.

Gets or sets whether smooth slide animation for toggling states is enabled.

true, if smooth slide animation for toggling states is enabled; otherwise, false.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

This property is not supported by the control.

Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A System.String object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets the text displayed when the editor's state is Off.

A string displayed when the editor's state is Off.

Gets or sets the text displayed when the editor's state is On.

A string displayed when the editor's state is On.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether the text is visible.

true, if the text is visible; otherwise, false.

Fires when the control's state is changed.

A sparkline visualizes data in a highly condensed way, allowing end-users to quickly understand and compare values from different sources.

Initializes a new instance of the SparklineEdit class with default settings.

Gets or sets data provided for the SparklineEdit control.

An array of values.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

A string that is the class name of the current editor.

Provides access to the editor-specific properties of the SparklineEdit control.

A object.

Serves as a base for the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is enabled and a user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button. This value is assigned to the property. An object that contains information which is associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the button's type.

The value.

Gets or sets whether the button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it.

true if the button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the button's hint.

A value which represents the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the button.

Gets or sets the index of the image to display within the button.

An integer value which specifies the zero-based index of the image within the source collection.

Gets the source of images to be displayed within the navigation buttons.

An object which represents the source of images.

Indicates whether data records are scrolled repeatedly when the button is held down.

Always false.

Gets or sets the data associated with the button.

An object that contains information which is associated with the button.

Gets or sets whether the button is visible.

true if the button is visible; otherwise, false.

LIsts values that specify how the label is automatically resized to display its entire contents.

In VS2002/2003, the same as the None option. In VS2005, the same as the Horizontal option.

The label is automatically resized to display its entire contents horizontally. The label's size depends only on the length of the text and the font settings, the label cannot be resized by an end-user.

Disables the auto size mode. An end-user is allowed to change both the label's width and height.

The label's height is automatically changed to display its entire contents. In this instance, an end-user can change the label's width while its height is automatically adjusted to fit the label's text.

Lists the values that specify how an image is aligned relative to the label's text.

The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned at the center.

The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.

The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.

The image is horizontally aligned on the left and vertically aligned at the bottom.

The image is horizontally aligned on the left and vertically aligned at the center.

The image is horizontally aligned on the left and vertically aligned at the top.

The image isn't aligned relative to the label's text. The alignment of the image is specified by the label's appearance settings ().

The image is horizontally aligned on the right and vertically aligned at the bottom.

The image is horizontally aligned on the right and vertically aligned at the center.

The image is horizontally aligned on the right and vertically aligned at the top.

The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned at the center.

The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.

The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.

Contains settings specific to a editor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the control when the auto-size feature is disabled.

A value that specifies the control's vertical alignment.

Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor.

true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false.

Copies the settings of the specified repository item.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the editor's height is automatically calculated to fit its content.

Always false.

Gets or sets whether the track bar's size is automatically calculated based on its look and feel settings.

true to allow a track bar to automatically calculate its size; otherwise, false.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

Allows you to provide custom tooltips for the thumb(s).

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemTrackBar class.

A object.

Gets or sets the distance between a tick and its label.

An Int32 value that is the distance between a tick and its label.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemTrackBar class.

A object.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string that represents the editor's class name.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

A object that provides information on the editor's state and appearance settings that will be used when the editor is printed. An object that provides information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets whether the selected range is highlighted.

true if the selected range is highlighted; otherwise, false.

Provides access to appearance settings used to paint the current 's labels.

An ApperanceObject that stores appearance settings for the current 's labels.

Provides access to the collection of labels used within the current .

A TrackBarLabelCollection that stores all labels used within the current .

Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the property when the scroll box is moved a large distance.

An integer value that specifies the large change.

Gets or sets the editor's maximum value.

An integer value which specifies the maximum value for the track bar.

Gets or sets the editor's minimum value.

An integer value which specifies the minimum value for the track bar.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemTrackBar class.

A string.

Gets or sets a value that specifies the orientation of the track bar.

A value that specifies the orientation of the track bar.

Gets or sets whether the current 's labels are visible.

true, if the current 's labels are visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether hidden ticks should display their labels.

true if hidden ticks should display their labels; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether to show tooltips when hovering over the thumb(s).

true if tooltips are displayed when hovering over the thumb(s); otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value to be added to or subtracted from the property when the scroll box is moved a small distance.

An integer value that specifies the small change.

Gets or sets a value that specifies the delta between ticks drawn on a track bar.

An integer value that specifies the delta between ticks.

Gets or sets a value which specifies the location of tick marks within a track bar.

A value that specifies the location of tick marks within a track bar.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

Contains settings specific to a editor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string that represents the editor's class name.

Gets or sets the time period that it takes the progress block to move by one chunk across the progress bar.

An integer value that specifies the time period, in milliseconds, that it takes the progress block to move by one chunk across the progress bar.

Gets or sets whether the progress bar animation is paused.

true if the progress bar animation is paused; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the animation mode of the control.

A value that specifies the animation mode.

Gets an object that provides properties specific to the marquee progress bar.

A object that provides settings specific to the marquee progress bar.

Gets or sets whether the control's animation is stopped.

true if the control's animation is stopped; otherwise, false.

Serves as the base for repository items that provide settings for editors that represent a progress bar.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the progress bar's height is changed according to the size of its contents.

true if the progress bar's height is automatically changed to fit the size of its contents; otherwise false.

Gets or sets whether the progress bar background is colored based on the background color of its container.

A DrawBackgroundType enumeration value that specifies whether the progress bar background is colored based on the background color of its container.

Gets or sets the indicator's end color.

A object that represents the end color of the gradient fill.

Gets or sets whether the progress bar background is colored based on the background color of its container. This property is obsolete, use instead.

true, if the the progress bar background is colored based on the background color of its container; otherwise, false.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets the maximum height of the progress indicator.

An integer value that specifies the maximum height of the progress indicator.

Gets or sets a value that specifies the direction of the progress indicator.

A enumeration value that specifies the direction of the progress indicator.

Gets or sets the amount of space around the indicator in the progress bar.

A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the amount of space around the indicator in the progress bar.

Gets or sets the manner in which progress should be indicated on the progress bar.

A enumeration value that specifies how the progress is indicated on the progress bar.

Gets an object that provides properties specific to the progress bar.

A object that provides settings specific to the progress bar.

Gets or sets whether the text that represents the progress bar's current position is displayed.

true to display the text; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the indicator's starting color.

A object that represents the starting color for gradient fill.

Gets or sets the orientation of the text within the ProgressBar control.

A value that specifies the orientation of the text within the ProgressBar control.

Serves as a base for progress bar controls.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the control's background color.

The control's background color.$

Gets or sets whether this control can be focused using the TAB key.

true if an end-user can focus the progress bar using the TAB key; otherwise, false.

Represents a marquee progress bar.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string that represents the editor's class name.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to marquee progress bar controls.

A object that contains marquee progress bar settings.

Represents a track bar.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets whether the track bar's size is automatically calculated, based on its look and feel settings.

true to allow a track bar to automatically calculate its size; otherwise, false.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets or sets the track bar's background image.

An that represents the background image.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

An value that specifies the position of an image on the control.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Allows you to provide custom tooltips for the thumb(s).

Calculates the minumum height of the editor.

The minimum height of the editor, in pixels.

Occurs when a label within the current TrackBarControl needs to be displayed.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string that represents the editor's class name.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

An object that represents the editor's value.

Gets or sets the font used to display the editor's contents.

A object that specifies the font used to display the editor's contents.

Gets the foreground color of the TrackBarControl.

Always SystemColors.WindowText.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted.

The custom-sized area for the control. A value.

Gets or sets the Input Method Editor (IME) mode of the control.

One of the values.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets or sets the inplace type of editor.

A enumeration member specifying the inplace editor type .

Scrolls the trackbar to the lower end of the range.

Scrolls the trackbar to the upper end of the range.

Moves the scroll box to the left on a large distance.

Moves the scroll box to the right on a large distance.

Moves the scroll box to the left on a small distance.

Moves the scroll box to the right on a small distance.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

A object.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to track bars.

A object that contains track bar settings.

Fires the sequence of the events for every tick within a .

Overrides the property.

A string value that represents the text displayed by the editor.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

Returns a string that represents the TrackBarControl.

A string that represents the TrackBarControl.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

An integer value that specifies the editor's value.

Fires after the value of the property has been changed.

Contains appearance settings used to paint a .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Copies all settings from the appearance object passed as a parameter.

An object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Gets or sets the image to be displayed within the label when the control is disabled.

A object that is displayed when the control is disabled.

Gets or sets the index of the image to be displayed within the label when the control is disabled.

An integer value that represents a zero-based index of an image in the collection.

Releases all resources used by the current appearance object.

This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be called directly from your code.

Gets the image to be displayed in a label control.

An object to be displayed in the label.

Gets the image to be displayed in the label, control according to its state.

The label control's state. An image to be displayed.

Gets or sets the image to be displayed within the label when the control is hovered over.

A object that is displayed when the control is hovered over.

Gets or sets the index of the image to be displayed within the label when the control is hovered over.

An integer value that represents a zero-based index of an image in the collection.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the label.

A enumeration value that specifies the alignment of the image within the label.

Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within the label.

An integer value that specifies the zero-based index of the image displayed within the label.

Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the label.

An object that is an image collection providing images for the .

Provides access to the appearance object's options.

A DevExpress.XtraEditors.LabelControlAppearanceObject object containing the appearance options.

Gets or sets the image to be displayed within the label when the control is pressed.

A object that is displayed when the control is pressed.

Gets or sets the index of the image to be displayed within the label when the control is pressed.

An integer value that represents a zero-based index of an image in the collection.

Represents a label.

Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings.

Gets or sets whether the label image is painted based on the label's foreground color.

true, if the label image is painted based on the label's foreground color; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed.

true, if HTML formatting is allowed; otherwise, false.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the label.

A object which contains the label's appearance settings.

Gets or sets whether the ellipsis character is appended to the string when the string is truncated.

true if the ellipsis character is used when the string is truncated; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value that specifies how the label is automatically resized to display its entire contents.

A value that specifies how the label is automatically resized to display its entire contents.

Gets or sets the label's background image. This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

An that represents the label's background image.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

An value that specifies the position of an image on the control.

Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted.

The custom-sized area for the control. A value.

Returns the Y coordinate of the text base line.

An integer value that specifies the Y coordinate of the text base line.

Gets or sets a collection of images to be inserted into the label using HTML tags.

A object that stores a collection of images.

Occurs whenever an end-user clicks a hyperlink contained within the current LabelControl.

Gets or sets a value that specifies how the image is aligned relative to the label's text.

An value that specifies how the image is aligned relative to the label's text.

Gets or sets the indent between the image and text of the current LabelControl.

An value specifying the indent between the image and text of the LabelControl, in pixels.

Gets or sets the color of the label's line.

A value that specifies the line's color.

Gets the location of the LabelControl's line relative to the text.

A value that specifies the line location.

Gets or sets the orientation of the LabelControl's line.

A value that specifies the line's orientation.

Gets or sets the paint style of the LabelControl's line. This property is in effect when a label is painted using any paint theme, except skins.

A value that specifies the paint style of the LabelControl's line.

Gets or sets whether a line is displayed when the label's width extends the width of its text.

true to display the line when the label's width extends the width of its text; otherwise, false.

Gets the actual auto-size mode.

A value.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether control's elements are aligned to support locales using right-to-left fonts.

One of the values.

Gets or sets whether the LabelControl's line has a shadow. This property is in effect when a label is painted using any paint theme, except skins.

true if the LabelControl's line has a shadow; otherwise, false.

Starts the animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the label.

Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the label.

Gets or sets whether an end-user can tab to the label.

true if tabbing moves focus to the label; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the label's text.

A value that specifies the label's text.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the label interprets an ampersand character (&) in its Text property to be an access key prefix character.

true if the label doesn't display the ampersand character and underlines the character after the ampersand in its displayed text and treats the underlined character as an access key; false if the ampersand character is displayed in the label's text.

Provides a base class for objects.

Initializes a new instance of the SliderBase class with default settings.

Gets or sets the time required to switch to another image.

An integer value that specifies the time, in milliseconds, required to switch to another image.

Gets or sets the time of the fade-in animation effect for scroll buttons.

An integer value that specifies the time of the fade-in animation effect for scroll buttons.

Slides to the first image within the .

Slides to the last image within the .

Shifts to an image that follows the .

Shifts back to an image that precedes the .

Gets the period of time that it takes for an object to switch from one image to another.

An Int64 value, indicating how many ticks it takes to switch to another image.

Represents the base class for dropdown editors that support the automatic search functionality.

Gets or sets the text used in an automatic search.

A string that specifies the text used in an automatic search.

Contains settings specific to the current editor.

A object that contains the editor's settings.

Resets the selection and caret position in the editor.

Represents the base class for lookup editors.

When implemented by a class, this method returns a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value.

An object that represents a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value.

Occurs when a new value entered into the edit box is validated.

Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to a lookup editor.

A object instance containing settings specific to a lookup editor.

Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls.

Contains settings that are common to the descendants of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemPopupBaseAutoSearchEdit class.

Copies the settings of the specified repository item.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets or sets whether the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box.

true, if the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box; otherwise, false.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and cannot be used directly from your code.

Gets the editor which owns the current repository item.

The control which owns the current repository item.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown window is sizeable.

true, if the dropdown is sizeable; otherwise, false.

Represents the base class that contains settings common to lookup editors.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemLookUpEditBase class with default settings.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets or sets the "best-fit" mode for columns in the dropdown window.

A value that specifies the "best-fit" mode for columns in the dropdown window.

Gets or sets the source of data displayed in the dropdown window.

The source of data displayed in the dropdown.

Gets the default alignment of the editor's contents when the editor operates as an inplace control.

The value.

Gets or sets the field whose values are displayed in the edit box.

The string identifying the field whose values are displayed in the edit box.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown window is sizeable.

true, if the dropdown is sizeable; otherwise, false.

Occurs when a new value entered into the edit box is validated.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and cannot be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether the dropdown window's footer region is visible.

true if the footer is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed and edited in the editor.

A value determining the editing style.

Gets or sets the field name whose values identify dropdown rows.

The string representing the field name whose values identify dropdown rows.

Lists the values that determine the display mode for column filter.

Filter buttons are rendered as buttons. They are displayed when a column is filtered or when the mouse cursor hovers over the column header.

The same as the option.

Filter buttons are rendered as small tags. They are displayed when a column is filtered or when the mouse cursor hovers over the column header.

The control that allows you to view a set of images via embedded image navigation buttons.

Initializes a new instance of the ImageSlider class with default settings.

Gets or sets whether sliding from the last to the first image and vice versa is enabled.

true if sliding from the last to the first image and vice versa is enabled; otherwise, false.

Returns information on the image slider elements located at the specified point.

A System.Drawing.Point structure specifying the test point coordinates relative to the top-left corner of the ImageSlider control. An ImageSliderHitInfo object containing information about the image slider elements located at the test point.

Occurs when an is ready to slide to the next/previous image and navigation buttons are to be displayed.

Gets a currently displayed image within the ImageSlider object.

An Image that is the currently displayed image within the specified ImageSlider.

Occurs when the ImageSlider's currently displayed image is about to change.

Gets the index of the currently displayed image within the current ImageSlider.

An Int32 value that is the index of the currently displayed image within the current ImageSlider.

Occurs when an needs to change the currently displayed image to another image.

Gets a collection of images presented by an ImageSlider object.

A SliderImageCollection object specifying images within an ImageSlider object.

Gets or sets the way an image is aligned within the ImageSlider container.

An ImageLayoutMode object defining the way an image is aligned within the ImageSlider container.

Gets an image that follows the within the specified ImageSlider object.

An Image object that follows the within the specified ImageSlider object.

Sets the index of the image currently displayed within the current ImageSlider.

An Int32 value that is the index of the image to be displayed.

Updates the currently displayed image.

Gets or sets whether the current ImageSlider operates in the Virtual Mode.

true if the current ImageSlider operates in the Virtual Mode; otherwise, false.

Represents a collection of buttons for alert windows.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertButtonCollection class with the specified owner.

An owner of the current collection.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertButtonCollection class.

Adds a new button to the collection.

An to be added to the collection. An integer value that specifies the index of this button in the current collection.

Provides access to the settings of the Close Button, used to close an alert window.

An object that contains corresponding settings.

Gets the number of custom buttons in the current collection.

An integer value that specifies the number of custom buttons in the current collection.

Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources.

Locates the button in the collection that has the specified hint.

A string that specified the hint of a button to be located. An object that has been located; null if no button with the specified hint has been located.

Provides indexed access to the buttons in the collection.

An integer value that specifies the index of the button to be returned from the collection. An object stored at the specified index in the collection.

Provides access to the buttons in the collection by their names.

A string that specifies the name of the button to be located. An object with the specified name.

Provides access to the settings of the Pin Button, used to pin an alert window.

An object that contains corresponding settings.

Gets the number of predefined buttons in the current collection.

An integer value that specifies the number of predefined buttons in the current collection.

Contains values that identify how an item has beed added to the control.

A new item has been added by an end-user.

For internal use.

Contains values that specify the position on screen at which alert windows are displayed.

An alert window appears at the bottom left corner of the screen.

An alert window appears at the bottom right corner of the screen.

An alert window appears at the top left corner of the screen.

An alert window appears at the top right corner of the screen.

Contains values that specify which date grouping Views are available in Windows Vista display mode.

Combines the following views: MonthView, QuarterView, YearView, YearsGroupView and CenturyView.

A century view:

Combines the following views: MonthView, YearView, YearsGroupView and CenturyView.

A month view:

A year view by quarters:

A 12-years view:

A year view by months:

The base class for objects that provide data for editor specific events.

Initializes a new instance of the ValueEditorEventArgs class.

A descendant. This value is used to initialize the property.

Gets the currently processed editor.

A descendant that represents the currently processed editor.

Serves as a base for classes that represent a collection of style conditions.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Appends the specified style format condition to the collection.

A object or descendant to be added to the collection.

Copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter.

A object or descendant which represents the source of the operation.

Locks the FormatConditionCollectionBase by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Occurs when the collection is changed.

When overridden in a derived class, performs a comparison of two objects of the same type and returns a value indicating whether one is less than, equal to or greater than the other.

The first object to compare. The second object to compare. An integer value indicating whether one is less than, equal to or greater than the other.

Indicates whether the current collection contains the specified style format condition.

A object or descendant which represents the style format condition to locate in the collection. true if the collection contains the specified style format condition; otherwise, false.

Unlocks the FormatConditionCollectionBase object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Returns the specified condition's position within the collection.

A object or descendant to locate in the collection. A zero-based integer which represents the condition's position within the collection. -1 if the condition doesn't belong to the collection.

When overridden by descendant classes, indicates whether the control that owns the current collection is currently being initialized.

true if the control is being initialized; otherwise, false.

Gets a style format condition with the specified tag.

An object which contains information associated with the style format condition. A object or descendant which represents a style format condition within the collection whose property's value matches the tag parameter. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no style format condition is found.

Provides indexed access to individual items within the collection.

An integer value specifying the item's zero based index within the collection. If its negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is raised. A object or descendant which resides at the specified position within the collection.

Gets an item from the collection by its name.

A string value specifying the name of the desired item. A object with the required name. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if there are no items with the specified name in the collection.

Removes the specified object from the collection.

A object to remove.

Serves as a base for classes that represent style conditions.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

A enumeration value which specifies the comparison operation. This value is assigned to the property. A which identifies the current style condition object. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements which match the specified format condition. This value is assigned to the property. A which represents the first comparison value. This value is assigned to the property. A which represents the second comparison value. This value is assigned to the property. A value which represents a column whose values are used in conditional formatting.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the appearance settings used to paint the elements (e.g., cells in the XtraGrid) that match the specified format condition.

A object that provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements that match the specified format condition.

Copies the settings from the object passed as the parameter.

A object or descendant which represents the source of the operation.

Checks whether the specified value in the specified column and data row matches the current style condition.

An object that represents a column. An object that represents the tested value. An object that refers to a target row. true, if the specified value in the specified column and row matches the current style condition; otherwise, false.

This method is obsolete. Use the CheckValue overload that takes the row parameter.

Gets the collection that owns the current style condition object.

A object representing the collection which owns the current object.

Gets or sets the comparison operation used by the style condition object.

A enumeration value which specifies the comparison operation.

Gets or sets whether the current condition is in effect.

true, if the current condition is in effect; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the Boolean expression. When it evaluates to true, the is applied to data. The Expression property is in effect when the property is set to .

A string that specifies the Boolean expression.

Gets a value indicating whether the current style format condition is enabled.

true if the property isn't set to the value; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the StyleFormatConditionBase object's name.

A value that represents the StyleFormatConditionBase object's name.

Gets or sets a value which identifies the current style condition object.

A which identifies the current style condition object.

Returns the text representation of the current object.

A text representation of the current object.

Gets or sets the first comparison value.

A which represents the comparison value.

Gets or sets the second comparison value.

A which represents the comparison value.

Contains data for the event.

Creates a new instance of the CanGetNextPrevImageEventArgs class with a specific sliding direction.

true for sliding forward; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether an image in the current sliding direction can be displayed. If not - corresponding navigation button will be disabled.

true if an image in the current sliding direction can be displayed; otherwise, false.

Specifies the image sliding direction (true for sliding forward, false for sliding backwards).

true for an image sliding forward; otherwise, false.

Provides data for the and events.

Initializes a new instance of the TabPageEventArgs class with the specified settings.

A object that represents the current page. An integer value that specifies the index of the page. A object that represents the action being performed on the page.

Gets the action being performed on a tab.

A value that identifies the action being performed on a tab.

Gets the currently processed page.

A object that represents the currently processed page.

Gets the index of the current page.

An integer that specifies the index of the current page.

Represents a method that will handle the and events.

Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter.

An object that fires the event. A object that contains data for the event.

Provides data for the and events.

Initializes a new instance of the TabPageCancelEventArgs class with the specified settings.

An object that represents the current page. An integer value that specifies the index of the page. A Boolean value that specifies whether the event must be canceled. A value that identifies the action being performed on a tab page.

Gets or sets whether the event must be canceled.

true if the event must be canceled; otherwise, false.

Represents a method that will handle the and events.

Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter.

An object that fires the event. A object that contains data for the event.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter.

An object that fires the event. A object that contains data for the event.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the TabPageChangingEventArgs class with the specified settings.

An object that represents the old page. An object that represents the new page.

Gets or sets whether the event must be canceled.

true if the event must be canceled; otherwise, false.

Provides members that indicate which tab headers should display their Pin Buttons.

A Default value. Acts identically to the value.

Only an active tab page header should display a Pin Button.

Only active and hovered tab headers should display a pin button.

All existing tab headers should display a pin button.

Represents a method that will hande the event.

Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter.

The event source. This identifies the editor which fires the event. A object that contains data for the event.

Provides data for the event

Initializes a new instance of the SpinEventArgs class with the specified settings.

A Boolean value that indicates whether the Up Arrow key or Up Spin button has been pressed, or the mouse wheel has been rotated up. This value is used to initialize the property.

Gets or sets whether the event has been handled, and no default processing is required.

A Boolean value that specifies that the event has been handled, and no default processing is required.

A Boolean value that specifies whether the Up Arrow key or Up Spin button (in a control) has been pressed, or the mouse wheel has been rotated up.

true if the Up Arrow key or Up Spin button (in a control) has been pressed, or the mouse wheel has been rotated up; otherwise, false.

Contains values that specify whether an editor's edit value or display text is exported, when the editor's data is exported in XLS and CSV formats.

Either an editor's value or display text is exported, depending on the editor's type. For the ImageComboBoxEdit and LookUpEdit controls, their display text is exported. For other editors, their edit values (BaseEdit.EditValue), which sometimes match the display text, are exported.

An editor's display text is exported.

An editor's edit value is exported.

Lists values that specify the type of automatic completion mode used by an editor.

When set to Default, the automatic completion mode is used.

The automatic completion feature is disabled.

When an end-user enters a character in an empty edit box for the first time, the editor automatically fills all the following placeholders with the default values. For placeholders that accept only numeric values, the '0' character is the default. For placeholders that accept alpha characters, the "a" character is the default.

Each time an end-user types a character the editor determines if the following placeholder can be filled automatically. If only a specific character can be inserted in this position the editor automatically displays this character and moves the caret to the right of this character.

Contains settings that affect the functionality of an editor's mask.

Initializes a new instance of the MaskProperties class with settings from the specified object.

A object whose settings are used to initialize the newly created MaskProperties object.

Initializes a new instance of the MaskProperties class with default settings.

Occurs after a setting of the current MaskProperties object has been changed.

Copies the settings of the specified object to the current MaskProperties object.

A object whose settings will be copied to the current MaskProperties object.

Copies the settings from the specified MaskProperties object to the current object.

A MaskProperties object whose settings are assigned to the current object.

Gets or sets the automatic completion mode used by the editor in the RegEx mask mode.

An value specifying the automatic completion mode used by the editor in the RegEx mask mode.

Gets or sets whether an editor makes a beep sound when an end-user tries to enter an invalid character.

true if the editor sounds a beep when an end-user tries to enter an invalid character; otherwise, false.

Occurs when a setting of the current MaskProperties object is about to be changed.

Locks the MaskProperties object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Gets or sets a character representing a placeholder within a masked editor.

A string whose first character is used as a placeholder.

Creates the default mask manager.

A MaskManager object that represents the default mask manager.

Gets or sets the culture whose settings are used by masks.

A object whose settings are used by masks.

Gets or sets a mask expression.

A string representing a mask expression.

Unlocks the MaskProperties object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Determines whether the current object has the same settings as the specified object.

A MaskProperties object to compare with the current object. true if the object specified by the parameter has the same settings as the current object; otherwise, false.

Gets the hash code (a number) that corresponds to the value of the current object.

The hash code for the current object.

For the Simple, Regular and RegEx mask types this property gets or sets whether an editor can lose focus when a value hasn't been entered.

true if an editor can lose focus when a value has not been entered; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the mask type.

A value specifying the mask type used.

For the Simple, Regular and RegEx mask types this property gets or sets the character used as the placeholder in a masked editor.

The character used as the placeholder in a masked editor.

For the Simple and Regular mask types this property gets or sets whether constantly displayed mask characters (literals) are included in an editor's value.

true if the constantly displayed mask characters are included in an editor's value; otherwise, false.

For the RegEx mask type this property gets or sets whether placeholders are displayed in a masked editor.

true to display placeholders in a masked editor; otherwise false.

Returns the text representation of the current object.

A string that specifies the text representation of the current MaskProperties object..

Gets or sets whether display values are still formatted using the mask when the editor is not focused.

true if the mask settings are used to format display values when the editor is not focused; false if the object's settings are used instead.

Lists values that specify the manner in which tab buttons are shown within a tab header panel.

The Close button is always displayed within the page header panel. The Prev and Next buttons are displayed when the property is set to false.

The option is equivalent to the option.

Tab buttons are always hidden.

Tab buttons are automatically shown when the tab control's width is insufficient to display all the page headers.

Lists values that specify the alignment of the images displayed within page headers.

Images are centered within page headers and the header's caption is hidden.

Images are positioned on the right side of page headers.

Images are positioned on the left side of page headers.

The images are not displayed within page headers.

Lists values that specify the position of the tab headers in a tab control.

The tab headers are located along the bottom of the tab control.

The tab headers are located along the left side of the tab control.

The tab headers are located along the right side of the tab control.

The tab headers are located along the top of the tab control.

Lists values that specify the orientation of the tab headers in a tab control.

The default behavior determined by controls. For an , the orientation of the tab headers depends upon the property's value. If the tab headers are located across the bottom or top of the tab control, they are horizontally oriented. Otherwise, if the tab headers are located along the left or right side of the tab control, they are vertically oriented. For a in a , the Default option is equivalent to Horizontal.

The tab headers are horizontally oriented.

The tab headers are vertically oriented.

A method that will handle the and events.

Represents a method that will handle the and events.

The event sender. Identifies the tab control that raised the event. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for the and events.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

An object which represents the tab page previously processed. This value is assigned to the property. An object which represents the tab page currently being processed. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the tab page currently being processed.

An object which represents the tab page currently being processed.

Gets the previously processed tab page.

An object which represents the tab page previously processed.

Provides the appearance settings used to paint the elements in a tab page.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Locks the PageAppearance object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Fires after the object's settings have been changed.

Releases all the resources used by the current object.

Unlocks the PageAppearance object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the tab page(s).

An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the tab page(s).

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header which corresponds to the currently active page.

An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header of the active page.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header which corresponds to a disabled page.

An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header of a disabled page.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the page header over which the mouse pointer is currently hovering.

An object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the hot-tracked page header.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the page's client region.

An object which represents the appearance settings used to paint the page's client region.

Restores all the appearance settings and usage options back to their default values and thus stops tab pages from using these appearance settings.

Tests whether the object should be persisted.

true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false.

Represents a tab control's page collection.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified owner.

An object or descendant which represents the tab control that will own the new page collection. This value is assigned to the property.

Creates a new tab page with the specified text and appends it to the collection.

A value which specifies the page's text. An object which represents the new page.

Appends the specified page to the collection.

An object which represents the new page.

Creates a new tab page with default settings and appends it to the collection.

An object which represents the new tab page.

Appends an array of objects to the collection.

An array of objects to append to the collection.

Fires after the page collection has been changed.

Indicates whether the collection contains the tab page specified.

An object to locate in the collection. true if the collection contains the specified tab page; otherwise, false.

Returns the specified page's position within the collection.

An object which represents the page to be located. An integer value representing the specified page's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified page.

Adds the specified page to the collection at the specified position.

An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the specified page should be inserted. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. An object which represents the inserted page.

Creates a new page with default settings and adds it to the collection at the specified position.

An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the specified page should be inserted. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown.

Gets the tab page at the specified position within the collection.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the page. If it's negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. An object which represents the tab page at the specified position.

Moves the page to another position within the collection.

A zero-based integer specifying the position within the collection to move the page to. An object which represents the tab page to move.

Removes the specified tab page from the collection.

An object which represents the tab page to be removed from the collection.

Gets the tab control which displays the pages in this collection.

An object or descendant which represents the tab control that owns this page collection.

Represents a single tab page.

Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings.

Notifies accessibility client applications of the specified event for the specified child control.

An event being fired. A child which fires the event.

Gets or sets whether the current XtraTabPage's icon should be painted in the page's foreground color.

true, if the current XtraTabPage's icon should be painted in the page's foreground color; otherwise, false.

This member overrides the property.

A bitwise combination of the values.

Provides access to the properties that control the tab page's appearance.

A object which provides the appearance settings for the tab page's elements.

Gets or sets whether the auto-size feature is enabled. This property is not supported by the XtraTabPage class.

true if the auto-size feature is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the auto-size mode. This property is not supported by the XtraTabPage class.

A value.

Gets or sets the background color of the tab page's client region.

A structure which specifies the background color of the tab page's client region.

Specifies the background image for the control. This property is not supported by the XtraTabPage class. Use the BackgroundImage property of the object instead.

A value.

This member is not supported by the XtraTabPage class.

This member overrides the property.

A enumeration member which specifies the position and manner in which a control is docked.

Gets or sets whether a tab page can be selected.

true if a tab page is enabled and can be selected by an end-user or via code; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the foreground color of the tab page's client region.

A structure which specifies the foreground color of the tab page's client region.

Gets or sets the image displayed within the tab page's header.

A object which represents the image displayed within the tab page's header.

Gets or sets the index of the image displayed within the tab page's header.

A zero-based integer value specifying the index of an image within the list.

Gets or sets padding for the image displayed in the page's header.

A System.Windows.Forms.Padding value that specifies padding for the image.

Gets the source of images which provides images for tab pages.

An which provides images for tab pages.

Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container.

A structure which represents the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container.

This property is not supported by the XtraTabPage class

A object.

Gets or sets the maximum width of the current tab header.

An integer value that is the maximum width of the current tab header. 0 if the maximum width of the tab header is specified by the property.

Gets or sets whether a tab page can be selected.

true if a tab page is enabled and can be selected by an end-user or via code; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the tab page is visible.

true if the tab page is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the page contains a Close button.

A value that specifies whether a Close button is displayed in the tab.

Gets or sets the control's height and width.

A object that represents the control's height and width, in pixels.

Starts the animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the page's header.

Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the tab page's header.

Gets or sets a for the current tab page's header.

A object associated with the current tab page.

Gets the tab control to which the tab page belongs.

An object or descendant which owns the tab page.

Gets or sets the tab order of the control within its container.

A zero-based integer value specifying the control's index within the set of controls included in the tab order.

Gets or sets the header width for the current tab page.

An integer value that specifies the width of the current tab page's header.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether an end-user can focus this page using the TAB key.

true if an end-user can focus the page using the TAB key; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the tab page's caption.

A value which specifies the text displayed within the page header.

Gets or sets a regular tooltip for the tab page.

A value which specifies the regular tooltip for the tab page.

Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon to display in a regular tooltip.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets a regular tooltip's title.

A string that specifies a regular tooltip's title.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code. To specify the tab page's visibility use the property instead.

true if the tab page is visible; otherwise, false.

Represents a tab control.

Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings.

Gets or sets whether all icons within the current XtraTabControl should be painted in the pages' foreground colors.

true, if all icons within the current XtraTabControl should be painted in the pages' foreground colors; otherwise, false.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the XtraTabControl.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the tab control.

Provides access to the properties that control the appearance of all the tab pages in the XtraTabControl.

A object which provides appearance settings for all the tab pages.

Gets or sets the background color of the tab control's client region.

A structure which specifies the background color of the tab control's client region.

Starts the tab control's initialization.

Locks the XtraTabControl object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Gets or sets the tab control's border style.

A enumeration value specifying the tab control's border style.

Gets or sets the border style of all the tab pages.

A enumeration value specifying the border style of all the tab pages.

Returns information about the XtraTabControl elements located at the specified point.

A structure which specifies test point coordinates relative to the tab control's top-left corner. A object that contains information about the tab elements located at the test point.

Returns the tab control's size, calculated from the size of its page.

A structure which represents the size of a tab page's client region. A structure which represents the tab control's size, calculated from the size of its page.

Occurs when the Close button displayed within the XtraTabControl's header is clicked.

Gets or sets whether Close buttons are displayed in individual tab pages and the tab control's header.

A value that specifies the display mode for Close buttons.

Gets the collection of controls owned by the current XtraTabControl control. This property supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

A NoSerializationControlCollection object.

Occurs when a custom header button is clicked.

Provides access to the custom header button collection in the current tab control.

The object providing access to custom header buttons for the tab control.

Occurs after a page has been deselected.

Occurs when a page is about to be deselected, and allows cancellation of the operation.

Gets the bounds of the tab page's client region.

A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the tab page's client region.

Ends the tab control's initialization.

Unlocks the XtraTabControl object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Gets or sets the index of the tab page whose header is the first visible header onscreen.

A zero-based integer which specifies the index of the tab page whose header is the first visible header onscreen.

Gets or sets the control's foreground color.

A structure that represents the control's foreground color.

Gets or sets whether the page headers should be automatically stretched to fill the empty space in a tab row.

A enumeration value which specifies whether the tab headers should be automatically stretched to fill the empty space in a tab row.

Occurs when a built-in header button is clicked.

Gets the options that specify which tab buttons can be displayed within the header panel.

A set of flags that specify the visibility of tab buttons.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether and when Close, Next and Prev buttons are displayed in the tab control's header.

A value that specifies whether and when tab buttons are displayed within the header.

Gets or sets the position of the tab headers.

A enumeration member which specifies the position of the tab headers.

Gets or sets the orientation of the tab headers.

A enumeration member which specifies the orientation of the tab headers.

Fires after the hot-tracked page header has been changed.

Gets or sets the hot-tracked tab page.

An object which represents the tab page currently hot-tracked.

Gets or sets the source of the images that can be displayed within page headers.

A that is an image collection providing images for page headers.

Gets a value indicating whether the tab control is currently being initialized.

true if the tab control is being initialized; otherwise, false.

Updates a tab control.

Provides access to the settings which control the tab control's look and feel.

A object whose properties specify the tab control's look and feel.

Makes the header of the specified page visible on-screen if it's currently invisible.

An object which represents the tab page.

Gets or sets the maximum width of tab headers.

An integer value that is the maximum width of tab headers. 0 if the width of tab headers is not limited.

Gets or sets whether more than one row of tab headers can be displayed.

A value which specifies whether more than one row of tab headers can be displayed.

Gets the bounding rectangle of a tab page's client region.

A structure which represents the bounding rectangle of the tab page's client region.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the page header.

A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment.

Gets or sets the name of the paint style applied to the tab control.

A value specifying the name of the paint style applied to the tab control.

Occurs after a page has been selected.

Fires after the selected tab page has been changed.

Allows you to prevent a specific tab page from being activated.

Gets or sets the currently selected tab page.

An object which represents the tab page currently selected.

Gets or sets the index of the currently selected tab page.

A zero-based integer which specifies the index of the selected tab page.

Occurs when a specific page is about to be selected, and allows cancellation of the operation.

Gets or sets whether a focus frame is displayed around the selected page header.

A enumeration member which specifies whether a focus frame is displayed around the selected page header.

Gets or sets whether the page headers are displayed.

A enumeration member which specifies whether the page headers are displayed.

Gets or sets whether the tab control can display tooltips.

A enumeration member which specifies whether the tab control can display tooltips.

Fires when an end-user presses the middle mouse button over a tab. To ensure that this event fires, set the property to MouseDown or MouseUp.

Gets or sets if and when the event fires.

A value that specifies if and when the event fires.

Provides access to the tab control's page collection.

An object which represents a collection of tab pages within a tab control.

Gets or sets the default width for all tab page headers.

An integer value that specifies the default width for tab page headers.

This property isn't used.

Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of the hints displayed for a tab control.

The component which controls the appearance and behavior of the hints displayed for the tab control.

Gets or sets whether the XtraTabControl uses the non-default painting mode.

true if the XtraTabControl control uses the non-default painting mode; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state.

true if the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets an object which specifies the tab control's painting style.

A object or descendant which specifies the tab control's painting style.

Contains values that specify whether and how a dropdown arrow is displayed within the control.

Identical to the option.

The dropdown arrow is hidden. A dropdown control is invoked on clicking the button unless the is set to false.

The dropdown arrow is merged into the button. A dropdown control is invoked on clicking the button unless the is set to false.

The dropdown arrow is displayed as a separate button. A dropdown control is invoked on clicking the dropdown arrow button unless the is set to false.

Lists values that specify which functionality is invoked as a result of a click on a column header within the lookup editor's dropdown list.

Clicking a column's header selects this column for incremental searching.

Clicking a column's header sorts the data by that column.

Lists values that specify when the editor's event should be raised.

The event is raised only after an end-user has stopped editing and a specified amount of time () has passed. The time interval between when the user stops editing and the event is raised is specified by the property.

The event is raised immediately after the editor's value has been changed by an end-user.

Enables running the standard .

Initializes a new instance of the SystemPrintDialogRunner class with default settings.

Invokes a standard system Print dialog.

A . A . An object implementing the interface that is the dialog owner. A enumeration value that enables editing of specific settings in the invoked dialog. A enumeration value that specifies identifiers to indicate the return value of a dialog box.

Allows you to display various barcodes.

Initializes a new instance of the BarCodeControl class.

Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the property value should be calculated automatically based upon the barcode's size.

true if the barcode's module is calculated automatically; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the byte array to be coded into the PDF417 or ECC200 barcode.

An array of System.Byte values to be coded using the barcode's symbology.

Gets or sets the barcode's horizontal alignment.

A HorzAlignment value that specifies the barcode's horizontal alignment.

Gets or sets the text's horizontal alignment.

A VertAlignment value that specifies the text's horizontal alignment.

Gets or sets the width of the narrowest bar or space, in pixels.

The width of the narrowest bar or space, in pixels.

Gets or sets the barcode's orientation.

A value that specifies the barcode's orientation.

Gets or sets whether the control's Text is visible.

true if the text is displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the symbology (code type) for the barcode and the text.

A class descendant that defines the symbology for the current BarCodeControl control.

Gets or sets the barcode's vertical alignment.

A VertAlignment value that specifies the barcode's vertical alignment.

Gets or sets the text's vertical alignment.

A VertAlignment value that specifies the text's vertical alignment.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the ShowValueEditorEventArgs class with the specified settings.

An editor that is about to be invoked. This value is assigned to the object's Editor property. An object that identifies the current node in the FilterControl's tree. This value is assigned to the property. A DevExpress.Data.Filtering.OperandValue object that is the current value. This value is assigned to the property. The index of an operand value. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the current node in the FilterControl's tree of criteria.

A ClauseNode object that is the current node.

Allows you to specify a custom editor to be opened instead of the default one, specified by the Editor property.

A descendant identifying the custom editor that will be created and displayed instead of the default one.

Gets the index of the current operand value.

An integer that specifies the index of the current operand value.

Gets the current operand value.

An object that specifies the current operand value.

Gets the operation of the current node.

A ClauseType value that specifies the current operation.

Contains values that specify how the values of colors are presented on-screen.

A color's value is presented in the ARGB format.

A color's value is presented in hexadecimal format.

Contains values that specify the appearance speed of alert windows.

The alert window's appearance speed is fast.

The alert window's appearance speed is moderate.

The alert window's appearance speed is slow.

Supports numeric range selection for the .

Initializes a new instance of the NumericRangeControlClient class.

Gets or sets the end bound of the total range.

An object that is the end bound of the total range.

Gets or sets the start bound of the total range.

An object that is the start bound of the total range.

Gets or sets the ruler increment. This property also specifies the minimum increment for range selection.

An object that is the ruler increment.

The base class for objects that can be embedded into the .

Initializes a new instance of the RangeControlClientBase class.

Gets or sets the format string used to format flag values.

The format string used to format flag values.

Gets or sets the string used to format ruler values.

A string used to format ruler values.

Gets or sets the parent for the current RangeControlClientBase object.

The parent object.

Specifies a Print dialog to select a printer, specify the print options (number of copies, page range, and paper source) and print the document.

Initializes a new instance of the DefaultPrintDialogRunner class with default settings.

Invokes a customized Print dialog.

Contains data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the ColorPickEditTooltipShowingEventArgs class with the specified settings.

A Color value used to initialize the property. A string value used to initialize the property. A string value used to initialize the property. A value used to initialize the property.

Gets the color for which a tooltip will be displayed.

The Color value for which a tooltip will be displayed.

Gets or sets the content for the current tooltip.

A string that is the content for the current tooltip.

Gets the display format of the current color's value displayed in the tooltip.

A value that is the display format of the current color's value.

Gets or sets the title for the current tooltip.

A string that is the tooltip's title.

Contains settings affecting the appearance of the "Select Color" dialog.

Initializes a new instance of the ColorDialogOptions class.

Gets or sets whether the "Select Color" dialog contains controls allowing an end-user to set a transparency level for selected colors.

true if an end-user can select translucent colors via the "Select Color" dialog via dedicated controls; otherwise, false.

Copies settings from the object passed as the parameter.

A ColorDialogOptions object whose settings are copied to the current object.

Gets or sets the icon applied to the "Select Color" dialog.

An Icon object displayed in the "Select Color" dialog.

Gets or sets whether the "Select Color" dialog contains titled arrows along the sides of color boxes.

A ShowArrows value that specifies whether the "Select Color" dialog contains titled arrows along the sides of color boxes.

Gets or sets whether the "Make Web-Safe" button is available within the "Select Color" dialog.

true if the "Make Web-Safe" button is available within the "Select Color" dialog; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the "Select Color" dialog contains a preview box demonstrating the current color.

true if the "Select Color" dialog contains a preview box; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets which tabs are displayed within the "Select Color" dialog.

A ShowTabs value that specifies which tabs are displayed within the "Select Color" dialog.

Represents a repository item that stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemColorPickEdit class.

Copies settings from the object passed as the parameter.

A RepositoryItemColorPickEdit object whose settings are copied to the current object.

Gets or sets the border color of the box displaying the "Automatic" color.

The border color of the box displaying the "Automatic" color.

Gets or sets the color considered the "Automatic" color, which is selected when an end-user clicks the Automatic button in the Custom tab.

The color considered the "Automatic" color.

Gets or sets the caption of the Automatic button displayed in the Custom tab in the control.

A string that is the caption of the Automatic button displayed in the Custom tab.

Contains settings that affect the appearance of the "Select Color" dialog.

A object that contains settings affecting the appearance of the "Select Color" dialog.

Fires after the "Select Color" dialog has been closed.

Fires when the "Select Color" dialog is about to be displayed.

Gets the editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Fires the event.

A object that contains data for the event.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether the Web-Safe palette is displayed in a separate tab in the control's dropdown.

true if the Web-Safe tab is accessible to end-users; otherwise, false.

Provides access to colors displayed within the Standard Colors group in the Custom page.

A matrix containing colors displayed within the Standard Colors group in the Custom page.

Provides access to colors displayed within the Theme Colors group in the Custom page.

A matrix containing colors displayed within the Theme Colors group in the Custom page.

Gets or sets the tooltip display format of a color's value.

A value that is the tooltip display format of a color's value.

Allows you to customize tooltips displayed when hovering over colors in the Custom and Web-Safe palettes.

The base class for the control.

Initializes a new instance of the ColorPickEditBase class.

Fires after the "Select Color" dialog has been closed.

Fires when the "Select Color" dialog is about to be displayed.

Gets the editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Provides access to the editor's settings.

A object that holds the control's settings.

Allows you to customize tooltips displayed when hovering over colors in the Custom and Web-Safe palettes.

Represents a button within an alert window.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertButton class.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertButton class with the specified image and button style.

A object that specifies the image to be displayed in a button. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the button style. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertButton class with the specified image.

A object that specifies the image to be displayed in a button. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the bounds of the button.

A structure specifying the button's rectangle.

Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources.

Gets or sets the pressed state of the button, This option is in effect when the button functions as a check button (the property is set to ).

A Boolean value that specifies the button's pressed state.

Returns the button's size.

A structure that specifies the button's size.

Gets or sets the button's hint.

A string that specifies the button's hint.

Gets or sets an image displayed within the button

A object that specifies the button's image.

Gets or sets an image displayed when the current button functions as a check button and it's in the pressed state.

A object that specifies the image representing the button's pressed state.

Gets or sets the index of an image in the collection, referring to the image displayed when the button functions as a check button and it's in the pressed state.

An integer value that specifies the index of an image in the collection.

Gets or sets the index of an image in the collection, referring to the image displayed by the button.

An integer value that specifies the index of an image in the collection.

Gets the source of images for buttons in alert windows.

An object representing the source of images for buttons in alert windows.

Gets or sets the button's name.

A string that specifies the button's name.

The method is called when the button is clicked.

Gets the alert window that displays the current button.

An AlertFormCore object that displays the current button.

Gets whether the current button is one of the predefined buttons (Close, Pin or Dropdown).

true if the current button is one of the predefined buttons; otherwise, false.

Emulates changing a button's check state, as if the button were clicked by the mouse.

true to check the button; false to uncheck the button.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the button's state.

An AlertButtonState value that specifies the button's state.

Gets or sets the button's style.

An value that specifies the button's style.

Returns the textual representation of the button.

A string representation of the button.

Gets or sets the button's visibility.

A Boolean value that specifies the button's visibility.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

Represents a method for handling the event of a check list box control.

The event source. This represents the check list box control. An object containing event data.

Provides data for the event of check list box controls.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The position of the item whose state is about to be changed in the check list box item collection. A value representing the new checked value for the item. A value representing the old checked value for the item.

Gets the index of the item whose checked state is about to be changed.

The position of the item in the collection.

Gets or sets a new checked state for the item.

A value representing the new checked state for the item.

Gets the item's previous checked state.

A value representing the previous checked state of the item.

Represents a method that will hande the event.

Represents a method for handling the event of a check list box control.

The event source. This represents the check list box control. An object containing event data.

Provides data for the event of check list box controls.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The position of the item in the check list box item collection, whose state has changed. This value is assigned to the property. A value representing the new state for the item. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the index of the item whose state was changed.

An integer value specifying the item's position in the item collection.

Gets the state of the item.

A value representing the checked state of the item.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

Represents a method for handling the event of the control descendants.

The event source. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A value specifying how an editor's dropdown window is closed. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets a value that specifies why the popup editor's dropdown window was closed.

A value specifying the reason the dropdown window was closed.

Contains values specifying how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed.

Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user clicked the editor's dropdown button.

Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user pressed the ESC key or clicked the close button (available for , and controls).

Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user pressed a shortcut used to close the dropdown (the ALT+DOWN ARROW or ).

Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user clicked outside the editor.

Specifies that the dropdown window was closed because an end-user selected an option from the editor's dropdown.

Represents a method that will hande the event.

Represents a method for handling the event of data navigators.

The event source. This represents the data navigator control. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. The button whose press fired the exception.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. A string value specifying the error message box caption. This value is assigned to the property. A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value specifying the response to entering an invalid value. This value is assigned to the property. The button whose press fired the exception.

Gets the navigator's button which caused the exception when it was pressed.

The button which raised the exception.

Contains information to be displayed in an alert window.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertInfo class with the specified window caption, text, image and the text that is to be displayed when the text area is hot-tracked.

A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. A string that specifies the text of an alert window, which is in effect when the text is hot-tracked. This value is assigned to the property. An image to be displayed in an alert window. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertInfo class with the specified settings.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertInfo class with the window caption, text and image.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertInfo class with the specified window caption and text.

A string that specifies the caption of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property. A string that specifies the text of an alert window. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the AlertInfo class with the specified window caption, text, and the text that is to be displayed when the text area is hot-tracked.

Gets or sets the caption of an alert window.

A string that specifies the caption of an alert window.

Gets or sets the text of an alert window, displayed when the text is hot-tracked.

A string that specifies the hot-tracked text for an alert window.

Gets or sets an image to be displayed in an alert window.

A object that specifies an image to be displayed in an alert window.

Gets or sets custom data associated with the current AlertInfo object.

An object that represents custom data associated with the current AlertInfo object.

Gets or sets the text of an alert window.

A string that specifies the text of an alert window.

A Token Edit Control.

Initializes a new instance of the TokenEdit class with the default settings.

Occurs before the peek panel assigned to this is displayed.

Returns the object that contains all currently checked tokens within this TokenEdit.

A TokenEditTokenCollection object that contains all currently checked tokens within this TokenEdit.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Allows you to re-draw the default token glyph.

Allows you to re-paint the token text area.

Returns the textual representation of the TokenEdit class.

Return value: TokenEdit.

Gets the descriptions for all tokens that are currently selected within the editor.

A String value that is the sequence of descriptions for all tokens that are currently selected within the editor.

Gets or sets this TokenEdit's current value.

An Object that is this TokenEdit's current value.

Occurs whenever the property value changes.

Fires when the editor's property value is about to be changed and allows you to cancel this alteration.

Returns a TokenEditTokenCollection object that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor.

A TokenEditTokenCollection object that stores all tokens currently visible within the editor.

Gets whether this TokenEdit currently has any text blocks converted into tokens.

true if this TokenEdit currently has any text blocks converted into tokens; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets whether the editor's popup is currently open.

true, if the editor's popup is currently open; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Provides access to an object that stores the main TokenEdit settings.

A RepositoryItemTokenEdit object that stores the main TokenEdit settings.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets the collection that contains all tokens currently added to the editor.

A TokenEditTokenCollection object that contains all tokens currently added to the editor.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Fires the event.

Allows you to perform the custom validation on text currently entered in this TokenEdit control.

Provides access to the control's settings.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemTokenEdit class with the default settings.

Provides access to appearance settings that allow you to customize the drop-down list appearances for this .

An AppearanceObject object that stores appearance settings which allow you to customize the drop-down list appearances for this .

Copies all settings from the target to this RepositoryItemTokenEdit object.

A RepositoryItem whose settings should be copied to this RepositoryItemTokenEdit.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Please use the property instead.

Gets or sets the control's auto-hide mode.

A TokenEditAutoHeightMode enumerator value that specifies the control's auto-hide mode.

Occurs before the peek panel assigned to this is displayed.

Gets or sets whether only one or multiple tokens can be selected (checked) simultaneously within this control.

A TokenEditCheckMode enumerator value that specifies whether only one or multiple tokens can be selected simultaneously within this control.

Gets or sets whether checked tokens within the related control should be deselected when the editor loses focus.

true, if checked tokens within the related control should be deselected when the editor loses focus; otherwise, false.

Allows you to re-draw the default token glyph.

Allows you to re-paint the token text area.

Stores the default drop-down list capacity, equal to 7 lines.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Stores the default number of lines (4) a can be expanded to. If a Token Edit needs more than 4 lines to display its content, vertical scroll bar appears. To modify this line count, use the property.

Stores the default property value. Return value: -1.

Gets or sets whether a 's token should be deleted if an end-user clicks this token's image.

A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether a 's token should be deleted if an end-user clicks this token's image.

Gets or sets the maximum number of drop-down menu items for this .

An Int32 value that is the maximum number of drop-down menu items for this .

Gets or sets the way this 's drop-down list is displayed.

A TokenEditDropDownShowMode enumerator value that specifies the way this 's drop-down list is displayed.

Gets or sets whether an end-user can manually enter and validate any desired text within this .

A TokenEditMode enumerator value that specifies whether an end-user can manually enter and validate any desired text within this .

Gets the editor's textual representation.

Return value: TokenEdit.

Occurs whenever the property changes.

Occurs when the editor's is about to be changed.

Gets or sets the character used to separate the property value into multiple text blocks.

A Char value that is used to separate the property value into multiple text blocks.

Gets or sets the type of an object returned by the property.

The EditValueTypeCollection enumerator value that specifies the type of an object returned by the property.

Ends the RepositoryItemTokenEdit's initialization.

Returns the IList structure that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor.

An IList structure that contains all tokens currently visible within the editor.

Gets whether this RepositoryItemTokenEdit currently has any text blocks converted into tokens.

true if this RepositoryItemTokenEdit currently has any text blocks converted into tokens; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the maximum number of lines this can occupy.

An Int32 value that is the maximum number of lines this can occupy.

Gets or sets the maximum tokens number this control can simultaneously display.

An Int32 value that is the maximum tokens number this control can simultaneously display.

Returns a that owns this RepositoryItemTokenEdit.

A that owns this RepositoryItemTokenEdit.

Gets or sets how items within this 's popup are filtered.

A TokenEditPopupFilterMode enumerator value that specifies how items within this 's popup are filtered.

Gets or sets the assigned to this .

An IFlyoutPanel object assigned to this .

Provides access to the set of properties that specify the peek panel behavior.

A PopupPanelOptions object that stores the set of properties that specify the peek panel behavior.

Gets or sets whether this 's drop-down list should display a size grip.

true, if this 's drop-down list should display a size grip; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether the corresponding control's value can be edited at runtime.

false, if the corresponding control's value can be edited at runtime; otherwise, true.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Provides access to this 's separators collection.

A StringCollection object that stores this 's separators.

Gets or sets whether this control's drop-down list should be displayed.

true, if this control's drop-down list should be displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether items within this control's drop-down list should display the 'remove' icon.

true, if items within this control's drop-down list should display the 'remove' icon; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether tokens that were previously added to the editor should still be displayed within the editor's popup menu.

true, if tokens that were previously added to the editor should still be displayed within the editor's popup menu; otherwise, false.

[To be supplied]

Occurs when an end-user checks or unchecks a token within the corresponding .

Fires whenever an end-user clicks a token displayed within this control.

Occurs when an end-user double clicks a token within this .

[To be supplied]

Fires whenever a user focuses a token.

Occurs when an end-user hovers a token within this .

Fires when a token loses mouse focus.

Gets or sets whether or not the collection supports automatic population.

A TokenEditTokenPopupateMode enumerator value that specifies whether or not the collection supports automatic population.

[To be supplied]

Provides access to this control's token collection.

A TokenEditTokenCollection object that stores this control's tokens.

Forces the event to fire.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Allows you to perform the custom validation on text currently entered in this control.

Gets or sets a set of validation rules for this .

TokenEditValidationRules enumerator values that specify validation rules for this .

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Supports range selection for any data.

Initializes a new instance of the RangeControl class.

Gets or sets whether ranges are selected using an animation effect.

true if ranges are selected using an animation effect; false if animation is disabled.

Gets or sets whether the range selection feature is enabled.

true, if range selection is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether changing the selected range via the property visually updates the control using an animation effect.

true if the control is updated using an animation effect when the property is changed; otherwise, false.

Scrolls the control so that the selected range is moved to as near the control's center as possible.

true to scroll the control using an animation effect; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the object that visualizes its data within the RangeControl's viewport.

An object that visualizes its data within the RangeControl's viewport.

Provides access to range customization options exposed by the .

Range customization options exposed by the .

Gets whether animation is in progress.

true, if animation is in progress; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the normalized selected range.

A RangeControlNormalizedRange object that specifies the normalized selected range.

Gets or sets the control's orientation.

A System.Windows.Forms.Orientation value.

Fires when the selected range is changed.

Gets or sets the selected range.

A object that specifies the selected range's bounds.

Gets or sets whether the selection is performed via thumbs, flags or both.

The RangeControlSelectionType value that specifies whether the selection is performed via thumbs, flags or both.

Gets or sets whether the graduations and labels are displayed.

true, if the graduations and labels are displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the Zoom&Scroll Bar is displayed.

true, if the Zoom&Scroll Bar is displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the maximum scale(zoom) factor.

A double value, greater than or equal to 1, that specifies the maximum scale factor.

Gets the minimum width of the visible range relative to the data total range.

A double value that is the minimum width of the visible range, in relative coordinates.

Gets or sets the current scale (zoom) factor.

A double value, greater than or equal to 1, that specifies the current scale factor.

Gets or sets the start position of the visible range, in relative coordinates.

A double value that is the start position of the visible range, in relative coordinates.

Gets or sets the width of the visible range relative to the data total range.

A double value that is the width of the visible range, in relative coordinates.

Contains values that specify a splash form's start position.

A splash form's default start position. A is displayed centered against the screen and a is centered against its parent form.

The start position of a splash form is specified manually (via the property or a parameter of the splash form display method).

The base class for editors that support two or three check states.

Initializes a new instance of the BaseCheckEdit class.

Gets or sets whether the editor's width is changed to display the editor's content in its entirety. This property is in effect when the editor resides within a .

true, if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style used to draw the check editor's border.

A enumeration value identifying the style used to draw the check editor's border.

Calculates the minimum size the control needs to be to contain its contents.

A System.Drawing.Size object representing the minimum size of the control that will best fit its content.

Gets the editor's class name.

A System.String object identifying the class name of the current editor.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control will fit.

The custom-sized area for the control. A System.Drawing.Size value.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets the size of a rectangular area into which the control can fit.

A System.Drawing.Size structure specifying the control's minimum size.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to a check editor.

A object instance containing settings for the control.

Gets or sets the text label associated with a check editor.

A System.String value representing the text label associated with a check editor.

Changes the state of a check editor.

Lists the types of visual elements of the Calendar () control.

For internal use.

The type of the visual element is undefined.

Contains information about a specific point within a calendar control.

Initializes a new instance of the CalendarHitInfo class for the specified point.

A structure that defines a point in a plane.

Gets or sets the bounding rectangle of the visual element. Not applicable for the control.

Empty System.Drawing.Rectangle structure.

Sets the CalendarHitInfo properties to default values which indicate that the hit information is undefined.

Gets or sets the date obtained from the DateNavigator day number cell.

A object that is the date in the control or the System.DateTime.MinValue.

Gets or sets the object being hit.

A DevExpress.XtraScheduler.Drawing.DateNavigatorDayNumberCellInfo object if the day or weeknumber cell of the DateNavigator control is hit; otherwise, null.

Gets or sets the type of information the CalendarHitInfo contains.

A enumeration member.

Indicates whether the specified object is equal to the current object.

A CalendarHitInfo object to be compared with the current object. true if the specified object equals the current object; otherwise, false.

Gets the point being hit.

A structure that is the point within the control with coordinates relative to the control's top-left corner.

Contains values that specify "best-fit" modes for lookup editors.

The "best-fit" functionality is invoked when opening the dropdown window for the first time, changing the proportional widths of the columns to best fit their contents.

The "best-fit" functionality is invoked when opening the dropdown window for the first time, changing the proportional widths of the columns according to their contents and resizing the dropdown window to fit all the columns. The dropdown window cannot be reduced to a size less than the minimum size specified by the editor's property.

The "best-fit" functionality is not invoked.

Contains values that specify how records are filtered within a grid lookup editor's popup window.

Selects records that contain the specified sub-string. A search for rows is performed against the column specified by the editor's Properties.DisplayMember property ().

For the control, this option is equivalent to the Contains option, except in the following cases, where it's equivalent to the StartsWith mode: - text editing is disabled ( is not set to Standard) - text editing is enabled and the auto complete feature is active () For , this option is equivalent to the Contains option. A search is performed using the search functionality provided by the Find Panel. By default, all columns are searched through. If required, you can limit the search columns via the editor's Properties.View.OptionsFind.FindFilterColumns property ().

Selects records whose field values start with the specified string. A search for rows is performed against the column specified by the editor's Properties.DisplayMember property ().

Contains values that specify a form's Z-order relative to other forms.

A form is displayed topmost.

A form is displayed above its parent.

Specifies a form's default position relative to other forms. Currently, Default is equivalent to AboveParent.

This option applies the old algorithm that keeps a form above its parent.

Lists values that identify buttons displayed within filter popup toolbars.

All toolbar buttons.

The Incremental Search button that controls whether the incremental searching feature is enabled or not. This feature allows end-users to locate an item in the drop-down by typing the item's initial characters.Corresponding property: .

The Invert Filter button that inverts the checked state for all filter items.

The Multi-Selection button that controls whether end-users are allowed to select only a single item or multiple items. Corresponding property: .

No toolbar buttons are displayed.

The Radio Mode button that controls whether end-users are allowed to check only a single item or multiple items. Corresponding properties: , .

The Show New Field Values button controls the visibility of field values that have appeared in the datasource after the field's filtering was configured. Corresponding properties: , .

The Show Only Available Items button that controls the visibility of filter items that cannot be displayed because of filtering applied to other fields. Corresponding property: . Note that this option is not available for Group Filters.

Enables modifying options in the Print dialog that is provided by the .

[To be supplied]

Contains appearance settings for splash forms.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormProperties class and allows you to enable and disable fade-in and fade-out effects.

A parent form for a splash form. true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. false to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormProperties class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

A parent form for a splash form to be displayed. An Image object. true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. false to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormProperties class with default settings.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormProperties class with the specified settings.

A parent form for a splash form. An Image object. true, to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true, to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. This object is assigned to the property. The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormProperties class with the specified settings.

A parent form for a splash form. true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is displayed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true, to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is closed; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormProperties class with the specified settings. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Creates and returns a copy of the current SplashFormProperties object.

A copy of the current SplashFormProperties object.

Gets or sets an object that implements a custom drawing procedure.

An ICustomImagePainter that implements a custom drawing procedure.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

An Image object.

Gets or sets the parent form for a splash form to be displayed. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

The parent form for a splash form to be displayed.

Gets the handle of the parent window.

An IntPtr structure that identifies the handle of the parent window.

Gets or sets whether to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is being opened.

true to use a fade-in effect when a splash form is being opened; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is being closed.

true to use a fade-out effect when a splash form is being closed; otherwise, false.

Enumerates alert window animation effects.

An alert window is displayed using a fade-in effect.

An alert window appears by sliding horizontally onto the screen from out of the screen.

An alert window appears by sliding vertically onto the screen from out of the screen.

An alert window appears onscreen by enlarging its width gradually, from the zero value to the normal width.

An alert window appears onscreen by enlarging its height gradually from the zero value to the normal height.

Represents a collection of items within a radio group editor.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Adds a new item to the current radio group collection.

The object representing the new item in the collection.

Adds items to the collection that represent elements of the specified enumeration.

A System.Type object that is an enumeration whose elements are to be added to the RadioGroup control.

Adds items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the current collection. Enumeration values are converted to string values using the specified method to represent item descriptions.

A System.Type object that is an enumeration whose elements should be added to the current collection. A method that converts enumeration values to string values. The returned string representation for each enumeration value is assigned to the property of the corresponding added to the current collection.

Adds items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the current collection.

Adds items that represent elements of the specified enumeration to the current collection. Enumeration values are converted to string values using the specified method to represent item descriptions.

A method that converts enumeration values to string values. The returned string representation for each enumeration value is assigned to the property of the corresponding added to the current collection.

Adds an array of items to the collection.

An array of objects representing items for the radio group editor.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

A object whose settings are assigned to the current object.

Locks the RadioGroupItemCollection by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Occurs when changing the item collection.

Unlocks the RadioGroupItemCollection object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Gets a radio group item by its value.

The value to search. The object with the value specified.

Gets the index of a radio group item by its value.

The value to search. The integer value that specifies the item's index.

Gets the zero-based index of the specified object in the item collection.

The item to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the specified item in the current collection, if found; otherwise, -1.

Inserts a new element at the specified position within the collection.

The position at which the item should be inserted. The to insert.

Gets or sets an item at the specified position.

The zero-based index of the item to return. The item at the specified position.

Removes the specified item from the collection.

The to remove from the collection.

Represents a single item in the collection.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its and to the specified parameters.

An object to initialize the property. An object to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the RadioGroupItem class with the specified settings.

A value identifying the item. This value is assigned to the property. A value that specifies the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. A Boolean value that specifies whether the item is enabled. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the RadioGroupItem class with the specified settings.

Occurs when any item property is changed.

Returns a copy of the current object.

A representing a clone of the current object.

Gets or sets the item's caption.

The string identifying the item's caption.

Gets or sets whether the item is enabled.

A Boolean value that specifies whether the item is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets an object that contains custom data for the current RadioGroupItem object.

An Object that contains custom data for the current RadioGroupItem.

Returns the text representation of the item.

The string representing the current item.

Gets or sets the value associated with the current item.

An object representing the value associated with the current item.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to controls.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets whether the and EditValue properties can be out of sync when handling the EditValueChanged event.

true if the and EditValue properties can be out of sync when handling the EditValueChanged event; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor.

true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

A object whose settings are assigned to the current object.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content.

true if the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a zero-based index that specifies the number of columns displayed within the radio group editor.

An integer value indicating the number of columns.

Gets the default alignment of the editor's contents when the editor operates as an inplace control.

The value.

Gets the owning editor's type name.

The 'RadioGroup' string always.

Gets or sets whether the focus rectangle is painted around the radio group when the radio group is focused and no radio item is selected.

true if the focus rectangle is painted around the radio group when the radio group is focused and no radio item is selected; otherwise, false.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of a radio box glyph within a radio group editor.

A enumeration value specifying the radio box's horizontal alignment.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets the collection of items displayed by the current radio group editor.

The object representing the collection of items displayed by the editor.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the radio group editor.

The object providing settings specific to the radio group editor.

Occurs on changing the index of the selected item in the radio group editor.

Provides data for the event.

Gets the value from a datasource assigned to the property of the chart range control client (numeric or date-time).

An object representing the value contained in the specified datasource. Null if the value is not found in the datasource.

Gets or sets the view type for the chart range control client.

A object descendant that is the chart client view type.

Lists the values that specify the date-time measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels of the date-time chart client should be aligned.

Specifies a day as the date-time unit to which chart gridlines should be aligned.

Specifies an hour as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned.

Specifies a millisecond as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned.

Specifies a minute as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned.

Specifies a month as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned.

Specifies a second as the date-time unit to which chart gridlines should be aligned.

Specifies a week as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned.

Specifies a year as the date-time unit to which chart grid lines should be aligned.

Represents a radio group editor which supports the selection of one of several options.

Initializes a new control instance with default settings.

Gets or sets whether the editor's width is changed to display the control's first item in its entirety. This property is in effect when the editor resides within a .

true if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets the current editor's type name.

The 'RadioGroup' string always.

Returns the bounding rectangle of the first item's text.

The bounds of the first item's text.

Gets the boundaries of the specified item.

A zero-based integer value which specifies the item's index. A structure which represents the specified item's boundaries.

Indicates whether a key should be processed by the editor or passed to its container control.

A object specifying the key combination. true if the key should be processed by the editor; otherwise, false

Gets an object providing properties specific to a radio group editor.

A object containing settings for the radio group editor.

Gets or sets the selected item's index.

The zero-based index of the edit value in the collection; otherwise, -1.

Occurs when changing the index of the selected value in the radio group editor.

Gets or sets the text label associated with a radio group editor.

A value representing the text label associated with a radio group editor.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender (typically the descendant). A object containing event data.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A descendant which represents the button clicked. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the clicked button.

A descendant which represents the button clicked.

Gets or sets whether you have handled this event and no default action is required.

true to prohibit the button's default action; false to perform the button's default action after your event handler is executed.

Provides settings to an application's Print dialog.

Assigns a default Print dialog.

A , or .

Invokes a specified Print dialog.

The base class for splash forms displayed using the component.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashFormBase class.

Closes the current or after a specified delay. Allows you to select a form that should be subsequently activated.

An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash form is closed. A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed.

When overridden, the method allows you to process commands received from a via the method.

An enumeration value that identifies the received command. The received command's parameter.

Contains properties controlling the form's appearance. These settings are in effect when the form is displayed on its own, without using the component.

A object that contains form appearance settings.

Displays the current form as a non-modal dialog window.

Displays the current form as a modal dialog box.

A value that is the return value of the displayed dialog box

Contains values that specify how a is displayed, as a form or as an image.

Displays a splash form.

Displays an image specified by the property.

A form, designed to be opened at startup of your main form. Splash Screens are managed by the component.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreen class.

Gets or sets whether custom controls can be added to the SplashScreen when is set to .

true if custom controls can be added to the SplashScreen when is set to ; otherwise, false.

Get or sets if the SplashScreen is resized to fit its when displayed in Image mode.

true if the SplashScreen is resized to fit its when displayed in Image mode; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the SplashScreen's display mode.

A value that specifies the SplashScreen's display mode.

Gets or sets an image to be displayed in the form's background when the property is set to .

An Image to be displayed in the display mode.

A small form, designed to display the progress of a lengthy operation. The form's display is managed by the component.

Initializes a new instance of the WaitForm class.

Sets the 's caption to the specified value.

A string that is the new value for the 's caption.

Sets the 's description to the specified value.

A string that is the new value for the 's description.

Gets or sets above which windows the current WaitForm is displayed.

A enumerator value that specifies above which windows the current WaitForm is displayed.

This property is obsolete. Use the property instead.

Manages the creation and display of splash forms.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with default settings.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with the specified settings.

A parent form for the created splash form. The type of a splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when hiding the form; otherwise, false.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with the specified settings.

The type of a splash form to be displayed. A object used to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with specific settings.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual).

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with specific settings.

The type of splash form to be displayed. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown. A object used to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with the specified settings.

A UserControl that owns the newly created SplashScreenManager. A Type enumerator value specifying the type of splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. A ParentType enumerator, specifying whether the parent is a Form or UserControl.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with the specified settings.

A UserControl that owns the newly created SplashScreenManager. A Type enumerator value specifying the type of splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). A ParentType enumerator, specifying whether the parent is a Form or UserControl.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with specific settings.

The type of splash form to be displayed. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). A object used to initialize the property. A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed.

Initializes a new instance of the SplashScreenManager class with specific settings.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of a splash form to be displayed. true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen.

Gets or sets whether a splash form's parent is activated on closing the splash form.

true if a splash form's parent is activated on closing the splash form; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether a 's parent is activated on closing the .

true, if a WaitForm's parent is activated on closing the WaitForm; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the type of the splash form to be displayed by the SplashScreenManager.

A TypeInfo object that specifies the type of the splash form to be displayed by the SplashScreenManager.

Gets or sets the apartment state of the splash screen's thread.

A System.Threading.ApartmentState enumeration value that specifies the apartment state.

Closes the currently displayed or , that has been displayed using the method. The method throws an exception if no splash form is currently open.

Closes the currently displayed or , that has been displayed using the method. The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened.

true to raise an exception if no splash form is currently open; otherwise, false.

Closes the currently displayed or after a specified delay. Allows you to select a form that should be subsequently activated, and suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened.

true to raise an exception if no splash form is currently open; otherwise, false. An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash form is closed. A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed.

Closes the currently displayed or after a specified delay, and blocks the current thread until the splash form has actually been closed. Allows you to select a form that should be subsequently activated, and suppress an exception that is raised when no splash form is currently opened.

Closes the currently displayed or . This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Closes the that was displayed using the method.

Returns the default SplashScreenManager that allows you to interact with the currently displayed splash forms.

A SplashScreenManager that is the default splash screen manager.

Gets whether a splash form has been created, but not yet displayed. The splash form will be displayed a short time (pending time) after it has been created, provided that it is not closed during this time.

A Boolean value that specifies whether a splash form has been created, but not yet displayed.

Hides the splash image that has been displayed via the method.

Closes the currently displayed splash image after a specific delay and allows you to specify a form that should be subsequently selected.

An Int32 value that is the number of milliseconds that elapses before the splash image is closed. A Form object that should be activated after the splash form is closed.

Forces the splash form to be redisplayed.

Gets whether a or is being currently displayed.

true if a or is being currently displayed; otherwise, false.

Contains properties controlling a form's appearance.

A object that contains appearance settings for splash forms.

Registers a custom skin to be applied to a splash form.

A SkinBlobXmlCreator object that contains skin data.

Registers custom skins from the specified assembly to be applied to a splash form.

An Assembly object that specifies the assembly containing custom skins to be applied to a splash form.

Sends a command to the currently active splash form.

An enumeration value that identifies the command to be sent to the currently active splash form. The command's parameter.

Sets the active 's caption to the specified value.

A string that is the new value for the active 's caption.

Sets the active 's description to the specified value.

A string that is the new value for the active 's description.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against your application's main form.

The type of splash form to be displayed.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering against your application's main form.

The type of splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form. The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it. The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual).

Creates and displays the specified descendant, allowing you to manually position it.

A UserControl relative to which the displayed Wait Form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of Wait Form to be displayed. true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. The Wait Form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the Wait Form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual).

Creates and displays the specified descendant, centering it against a UserControl.

Creates the specified or descendant and displays it after a delay, centering it against another form. The method's parameter allows you to suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened.

Creates the specified or descendant and displays it after a delay. Allows you to manually position the splash form, and suppress an exception that is thrown if another splash form has already been opened.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. true to throw an exception if another splash form has already been opened; false to suppress this exception. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent form is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s.

Creates and displays the specified descendant, centering it against a UserControl. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent UserControl while the splash form is displayed.

A UserControl relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent UserControl is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed.

Creates and displays the specified descendant, centering it against a UserControl. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent UserControl while the splash form is displayed.

A UserControl relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed. true, to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). A ParentFormState enumeration value that specifies whether the parent UserControl is enabled while the splash form is displayed. This parameter is in effect when displaying s.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, allowing you to manually position it. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form. The method's parameter allows you to disable the parent form while the splash form is displayed.

Creates and displays the specified or descendant, centering it against another form.

A Form relative to which the displayed splash form is positioned. This parameter is in effect when displaying s. The type of splash form to be displayed.

Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form.

An Image to be displayed as a splash form. true to use the fade-in effect during the image's opening; otherwise, false.

Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form.

An Image to be displayed as a splash form.

Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image.

An Image to be displayed as a splash form. true to use the fade-in effect when the image opens; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when the form closes; otherwise, false.

Displays an image as a splash form, centering the image against your application's main form. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image and draw custom graphics over the splash image.

An Image to be displayed as a splash form. true to use the fade-in effect when the image opens; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when the image closes; otherwise, false. An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure.

Displays an image as a splash form, allowing you to manually position it against your application's main form. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image and draw custom graphics over the splash image.

An Image to be displayed as a splash form. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the form; otherwise, false. true to use the fade-out effect when closing the form; otherwise, false. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure.

Displays an image as a splash form, allowing you to manually position it. Allows you to disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image.

Creates a splash form containing the specified image and displays it after a delay. Allows you to manually position the splash form, disable fade-in and fade-out effects for the image and draw custom graphics over the splash image.

An Image to be displayed as a splash form. true to use the fade-in effect when opening the image; otherwise, false. true, to use the fade-out effect when the image closes; otherwise, false. The splash form's arrangement. Coordinates at which the splash form is shown (if the startPos parameter is set to Manual). An ICustomImagePainter object that implements a custom drawing procedure. The time in milliseconds that should elapse before the splash form is actually displayed onscreen. If a close command is sent to the splash form during this time, the splash form will not be displayed.

Displays an image as a splash form. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Creates and displays a , whose type is specified by the property.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the screen coordinates at which a splash form ( or ) will be displayed.

A Point structure specifying the screen coordinates at which a splash form ( or ) will be displayed.

Gets or sets the arrangement of a splash form ( or ).

A SplashFormStartPosition enumerator value specifying the arrangement of a splash form ( or a ).

Blocks the current thread until the active splash form is closed.

A control that displays an animated image and two labels, used to indicate the progress of any operation.

Initializes a new instance of the ProgressPanel class.

Contains appearance settings used to customize the appearance of the control's .

A that contains settings to customize the appearance of the control's .

Contains appearance settings used to customize the appearance of the control's .

A that contains settings to customize the appearance of the control's .

Gets or sets whether the panel's height is calculated automatically based on the currently applied skin.

true if the panel's height is calculated automatically based on the currently applied skin; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the panel's width is automatically adjusted to fit all the text.

true if the panel's width is automatically adjusted to fit the entire text; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the control's border style.

A enumeration value specifying the control's border style.

Gets or sets the control's caption.

A string that specifies the control's caption.

Gets or sets the vertical distance between the and .

An integer value that is the vertical distance between the caption and description.

Gets or sets the control's description.

A string that specifies the control's description.

Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted.

The custom-sized area for the control. A value.

Gets or sets the horizontal distance between the control's left edge and the image

An integer value that is the horizontal distance between the control's left edge and the image

Gets the size of the control's image.

A Size of the control's image.

Gets or sets whether the control's is visible.

true if the control's is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the control's is visible.

true if the control's is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the horizontal distance between the image and text (caption plus description).

An integer value that is the horizontal distance between the image and text (caption plus description)

Represents the Line view of the chart range control client.

Initializes a new instance of the LineChartRangeControlClientView class.

Gets or sets whether anti-aliasing (smoothing) is applied to the line view of the chart range control client.

True to apply anti-aliasing to the line view of the chart range control client; False to disable anti-aliasing.

Specifies the width of a line in a LineChartRangeControlClientView.

An integer value specifying the line width (in pixels).

Gets or sets the color used to draw line markers.

A that defines the color used to draw line markers.

Gets or sets the size of markers for data points in a LineChartRangeControlClientView.

An integer value specifying the marker size, in pixels.

Gets or sets a value that specifies the visibility of point markers on a LineChartRangeControlClientView.

true to show markers for each data point; false to hide them.

Represents the base class for all chart views of the chart range control cliient.

Initializes a new instance of the ChartRangeControlClientView class with a sparkline view type.

A object representing a sparkline view type.

Gets or sets a color that fills the view of the chart range control client.

A value.

Returns the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientView object.

A string that specifies the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientView object.

Represents the base class for defining the range for all chart clients (date-time and numeric chart clients) of the range control.

Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the range of the chart range control client is calculated automatically.

true, if the chart client range is calculated automatically; otherwise, false.

Returns the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientRange object.

A string that specifies the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientRange object.

Contains the common settings that define the range displayed by a date-time chart client of the range control.

Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeChartRangeControlClientRange class.

Gets or sets the end bound of a date-time chart client range.

A value that is the range end bound.

Gets or sets the start bound of a date-time chart client range.

A value that is the range start bound.

Contains specific settings which define the representation of grid lines and labels in the date-time chart range control client.

Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeChartRangeControlClientGridOptions class.

Gets or sets the date-time measure unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels should be aligned.

A enumeration value that represents the measurement unit to which the chart's gridlines and labels should be aligned.

Specifies the measurement unit to which selection thumbs of the range control are snapped.

A enumeration value representing the selection thumbs alignment interval.

Contains the common settings that define the range displayed by a numeric chart client of the range control.

Initializes a new instance of the NumericChartRangeControlClientRange class.

Gets or sets the maximum value of a numeric chart client range.

A value that is the maximum value of a range.

Gets or sets the minimum value of a numeric chart client range.

A value that is the minimum value of a range.

Contains specific settings which define the representation of grid lines and labels in the numeric chart range control client.

Initializes a new instance of the NumericChartRangeControlClientGridOptions class.

Represents the date-time chart client of the range control to show date-time data within the range control's viewport.

Initializes a new instance of the DateTimeChartRangeControlClient class.

Provides access to the grid options of the date-time chart range control client.

A object containing grid options for the date-time chart client of the range control.

Provides access to the range settings of the date-time chart range control client.

A object that contains settings to customize the range of the date-time chart range control client.

Represents the numeric chart client of the range control to show numeric data within the range control's viewport.

Initializes a new instance of the NumericChartRangeControlClient class.

Provides access to the grid options of the numeric chart range control client.

A object containing grid options for the numeric chart client of the range control.

Provides access to the range settings of the numeric chart range control client.

A object that contains settings to customize the range of the numeric chart range control client.

Represents the base class for grid settings of the date-time and numeric chart clients of the range control.

Initializes a new instance of the ChartRangeControlClientGridOptions class.

Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the grid properties are calculated automatically.

true, if the grid is calculated automatically; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value that specifies the interval between grid lines.

A value which specifies the numeric grid step.

Gets or sets the string used to format chart argument values.

A string used to format chart argument values.

Gets or set the format provider to format the values displayed by argument labels of the chart range control client.

A object that supplies specific formatting information to the values displayed by argument labels.

Gets or sets a value which specifies whether to show the grid lines error message in the range control's viewport.

true, to show the grid lines error message in the range control's viewport; otherwise,false.

Gets or sets the numeric snap step.

A value that is the snap step.

Returns the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientGridOptions object.

A string that specifies the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientGridOptions object.

Represents the base class for all chart clients of the range control.

Initializes a new instance of the ChartRangeControlClientBase class with the specified sparkline scale type, grid options, and range.

A SparklineScaleType representing the scale type (date-time or numeric) of the sparkline. A object that contains properties to customize the grid of the chart range control client. A object representing the range of the chart range control client.

Occurs before a series of the chart range control client is drawn in the range control's viewport.

Gets a data provider to bind a chart range control client to regular data sources.

A object that is a data provider for a chart range control client.

Provides access to the grid options of the chart range control client.

A object containing grid options for the chart client of the range control.

Gets or sets the name of the palette currently used to draw the chart range control client's elements.

A value which is the palette name.

Gets the collection of predefined palettes.

A collection of objects.

Provides access to the auto range option of the chart range control client.

A object that contains the auto range option of the chart range control client.

Gets or sets the associated with the current ChartRangeControlClientBase.

A System.ComponentModel.ISite object associated with the current ChartRangeControlClientBase.

The class that is used to provide data to a chart range control client.

Gets or sets the name of the data field that contains the arguments of the chart range control client's points.

A value that specifies the data field name.

Gets or sets the chart range control client provider's data source.

An object that represents the data source from which the chart range control client retrieves its data.

Disposes of the current object and releases all the allocated resources.

Reloads data from the underlying data source and repaints the viewport area of the range control.

Gets or sets the name of the data field whose values are used to automatically generate and populate the series of a chart range control client.

A value that specifies the data field's name.

Specifies a chart client template view type for the range control.

A object descendant that is the chart client view type.

Returns the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientDataProvider object.

A string that specifies the textual representation of the current ChartRangeControlClientDataProvider object.

Gets or sets the name of the data field that contains the point values of a chart range control client.

A value that specifies the data field name.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the ClosePageButtonEventArgs class with the specified settings.

null if the TabControl's Close button has been clicked. Otherwise, this refers to the page whose Close button has been clicked. This value is assigned to the property. The page whose Close button has been clicked. This value is assigned to the Page property.

Returns null if the TabControl's Close button has been clicked. Otherwise, this property returns the same value as the Page property.

An object.

The base class for objects that contain properties for check editors.

Initializes a new instance of the BaseRepositoryItemCheckEdit class.

Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items.

true, if HTML formatting is allowed; otherwise, false.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's width is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content.

true, if the editor's width is adjusted to fit the text width; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style used to draw the check editor's border.

A enumeration value identifying the style used to draw the check editor's border.

Gets or sets the text label associated with a check editor.

A System.String value representing the text label associated with a check editor.

Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A System.String object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether a focus rectangle is drawn round the entire client region or around the caption text only.

true, if a focus rectangle is around the entire client region; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of a check box glyph within a check editor.

A DevExpress.Utils.HorzAlignment enumeration value specifying the check box's horizontal alignment.

Gets or sets the vertical alignment of a check box glyph within a check editor.

A DevExpress.Utils.HorzAlignment enumeration value specifying the check box's vertical alignment.

Gets a value indicating whether the check editor functions like a radio button.

true, if the check editor represents a radio button; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender. A object that contains data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the CustomDrawDayNumberCellEventArgs class with the specified settings.

A object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. This value is assigned to the property. A structure which represents the painted element's bounding rectangle. This value is assigned to the property. An object which specifies the painted element's appearance settings. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the painted day number's cell value. This value is assigned to the property. true if the processed day number cell corresponds to a day within the currently selected month; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the processed cell is selected; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. A skin element that is used to paint the background of the current cell. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the skin element that is used to paint the background of the currently processed cell.

A SkinElementInfo object that specifies the skin element that is used to paint the background of the currently processed cell.

Gets the painted element's bounding rectangle.

A structure specifying the boundaries of the painted element.

Gets an object that specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes.

A object.

Gets the painted cell's value.

A object representing the painted day number's cell value.

Gets an object used to paint.

A object used to paint.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether default painting is prohibited.

true if default painting is prohibited; otherwise false.

Gets a value indicating whether the processed day number cell corresponds to a day within the currently selected month.

true if the processed day number cell corresponds to a day within the currently selected month; otherwise, false.

Gets a value indicating whether the processed day number cell is selected.

true if the processed cell is selected; otherwise, false.

Gets the current cell's state.

The Normal, Hot, Pressed, Disabled or Selected state, or a combination of these states.

Gets the painted date cell's appearance settings.

A object that provides the painted cell's appearance settings.

Gets or sets the current View of data in the dropdown window.

A DateEditCalendarViewType value that specifies the current View of data in the dropdown window.

Provides centralized management over the appearance and paint styles of editors and controls.

Creates a new object.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified container.

The which contains the created style controller.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the bound editors.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the bound editors.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint bound editors when they are disabled.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint bound editors when they are in the disabled state.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the popup window of bound editors.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the popup window of bound controls.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header panel within the popup window of bound editor(s).

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header panel within the popup window of bound editor(s).

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the bound editor which is currently focused.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the currently focused bound editor.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the bound editor whose value cannot be changed by the end-user.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor.

Performs specific actions before control initialization.

Locks the StyleController object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Gets or sets the border style of bound controls.

The enumerator.

Gets or sets the style of bound control buttons.

The object, specifying button appearance.

Performs specific actions after the control has been initialized.

Unlocks the StyleController object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Gets the look and feel of bound control elements (buttons, borders and scrollbars).

A object.

Gets or sets the popup border style of bound controls.

The enumerator.

Fires immediately after any property value has been changed.

Represents buttons displayed in the ControlNavigator.

Creates a new object.

An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the object belongs. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the button used to append a new record.

A object representing the navigator's Append button.

Gets the button used to cancel editing the current record.

A object representing the navigator's CancelEdit button.

Gets the control which is bound to the ControlNavigator.

An object implementing the INavigatableControl interface which is navigated by the ControlNavigator.

Gets the button used to set the dataset to the edit state.

A object representing the navigator's Edit button.

Gets the button used to post the edited record to the associated data source.

A object representing the navigator's EndEdit button.

Gets the button used to set the current record to the first record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's First button.

Gets the button used to set the current record to the last record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's Last button.

Gets the button used to set the current record to the next record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's Next button.

Gets the button used to increment the current record position in a data source by the number of visible records.

A object representing the navigator's NextPage button.

Gets the button used to set the current record as the data source's previous record.

A object representing the navigator's Prev button.

Gets the button used to decrement the current record position in a data source by the number of visible records.

A object representing the navigator's PrevPage button.

Gets the button used to delete the current record.

A object representing the navigator's Remove button.

Represents the ControlNavigator.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Gets the navigator's buttons.

A object representing the navigator's buttons.

Gets or sets the control which is navigated by the ControlNavigator.

An object implementing the INavigatableControl interface which is navigated by the ControlNavigator.

Returns the text representation of the current object.

A string that specifies the text representation of the current ControlNavigator object.

Represents a method that will handle events which fire as a result of an exception.

Represents the method for handling events which take an object as a parameter.

The source of the event. A object that contains event data.

Represents the base class for arguments passed to exception handling events.

Creates a new object.

A string value specifying the error description. This value is assigned to the property. A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the error description to be displayed in the message box/tooltip.

A string value specifying the text to display in the message box/tooltip.

Gets the exception that caused the event.

A object representing the exception that caused the event.

Gets or sets the type of response to supplying invalid values.

A enumeration value specifying the response type.

Gets or sets the caption of the error message box.

A string value specifying the caption of the error message box.

Represents a method that will handle events which fire when an invalid value is entered within a container control.

Represents the method for handling events which take an object as a parameter.

Event source. An object that contains event data.

Provides data for events that occur when assigning an invalid value to a container control cell.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A string to initialize the property. A object to initialize the property. An object to initialize the property.

Creates a new object.

A string value specifying the error's description. This value is assigned to the property. A string value specifying the error message box caption. This value is assigned to the property. A object representing the exception that raised the event. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value specifying the response to entering an invalid value. This value is assigned to the property. An object representing the invalid value. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets an invalid value that caused the exception.

An object representing the invalid value.

Represents a method that will handle a container control's ValidatingEditor event.

Represents the method for handling events which take a object as a parameter.

The source of the event. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for events that allow you to validate cell values.

Creates a object.

An object representing the validated editor's value. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the error description.

A string value specifying the error description.

Gets or sets whether the value is valid.

true to indicate that the value is valid; otherwise false.

Gets or sets the value being validated.

An object representing the validated editor's value.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender (typically an MRU edit control). A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Creates a new class instance.

A representing an item being added to an MRU editor. Initializes the property.

Initializes a new instance of the AddingMRUItemEventArgs class with the specified settings.

An item being added to the editor. A value that identifies the reason that caused the AddingMRUItem event.

Gets the reason that caused the AddingMRUItem event.

A value.

Gets an item being added to a MRU editor.

A representing an item being added to a MRU editor's collection.

Contains values that specify the position of the control buttons in alert windows.

The control buttons are displayed at the right edge of an alert window.

The control buttons are displayed at the top edge of an alert window.

Specifies how an exception should be handled.

Displays a tooltip with an error description specified by the property.

Discards new data and reverts to an old value. In standalone editors, because of the .NET binding mechanism, the Ignore value doesn't work correctly. In container controls, the Ignore value works as expected.

Suppresses displaying the message box/tooltip or throwing an exception. The value remains unchanged.

Throws an exception specified by the property.

Serves as the base for components that provide visual elements at runtime, manage editor repositories providing inplace editors for their visual elements and support the common tooltip control mechanism.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Notifies the component that the initialization has started.

Occurs when a key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container component.

Occurs when a character key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container component.

Occurs when a pressed key is released within an in-place editor that belongs to the container component.

Notifies the component that the initialization has been completed.

Gets or sets the external editors repository.

A component holding a collection of repository items that can be used to create inplace editors.

Returns the actual tooltip controller that controls the behavior and appearance of hints for a container component's elements.

A object providing tooltip functionality for the container component.

Gets whether the component is being initialized.

true if the component is being initialized; otherwise, false.

Provides access to the component's internal repository.

A object containing repository items whose settings can be used to create inplace editors.

Gets or sets the component that controls the behavior and appearance of hints displayed for the container component's visual elements.

A component specifying hint settings.

Serves as the base for container controls that manage editor repositories providing inplace editors for their visual elements and support for a common tooltip control mechanism.

Initializes a new instance with default settings.

Gets or sets the control's background color.

A structure that represents the control's background color.

Notifies the control that the initialization has started.

Occurs when a key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container control.

Occurs when a character key is pressed within an in-place editor that belongs to the container control.

Occurs when a pressed key is released within an in-place editor that belongs to the container control.

Notifies the control that the initialization has been completed.

Gets or sets the external editors repository.

A component holding a collection of the repository items that can be used to create inplace editors.

Gets or sets the control's foreground color.

A structure that represents the control's foreground color.

Returns the actual tooltip controller that controls the behavior and appearance of hints for the container editor.

A object providing tooltip functionality for the container editor.

Gets whether the control is being initialized.

true if the control is being initialized; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus.

An object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus.

Provides access to the control's internal repository.

A object containing repository items whose settings can be used to create inplace editors.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the control's text.

A string which specifies the control's text.

Gets or sets the component that controls the behavior and appearance of hints displayed for a container control's visual elements.

A component specifying hint settings.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The control which fires the event. A object that contains event data

Provides data for the event.

Creates an instance of the class.

The value to initialize the property.

Gets or sets the value entered by the end-user.

An object representing the value entered by the end-user.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the lookup editor must locate the newly inserted record.

true if the editor must locate the newly inserted record; otherwise false.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

Represents a method for handling the event of a control.

The event source. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for the event.

Creates an instance of the class.

The value to initialize the property.

Gets or sets the object representing the command to execute.

The object representing the command to execute.

Gets or sets whether default execution of the hyperlink command is required.

true if the event is handled and no default processing is required; false, if the editor should execute the command after performing your event handler.

A collection of columns for a lookup editor.

Creates an instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the LookUpColumnInfoCollection class with the specified owner.

An owner of the created collection.

Adds a new column to the current collection.

A column to add to the collection. The position into which the new element was inserted.

Adds an array of columns to the collection.

An array of objects representing columns for the lookup editor.

Copies columns from the source collection to the current one.

The source collection whose columns are copied to the current collection.

Occurs on changing the column collection

Creates a new column for a lookup editor.

A object that has been created.

Returns a visible lookup column at the specified visible index.

An integer which specifies the zero-based visible index of the column which should be returned. A object which represents the visible lookup column at the specified index.

Gets the zero-based index of the specified column in the item collection.

The column to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the specified column in the current collection, if found; otherwise, -1.

Gets a column at the specified position.

The zero-based index of the column to return. A column at the specified position.

Gets a column by its field name.

The field name of the column to return. The first column encountered whose property matches the specified field name.

Removes the specified column from the collection.

The column to remove from the collection.

Gets the number of visible lookup columns.

An integer which represents the number of visible lookup columns.

Gets the zero-based index of the specified visible column.

The column found. The zero-based index of the specified visible column.

A column for a lookup editor.

Creates an instance of the class and sets all its properties to specified values.

The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property.

Creates an instance of the class and initializes its field name, caption and width.

The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property.

Creates an instance of the class and initializes its field name, caption and width.

The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property.

Creates an instance of the class and sets its field name and width to the specified values.

The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property.

Creates an instance of the class and sets its field name to the specified value.

The value to initialize the property.

Creates an instance of the class and sets its properties to default values.

Initializes a new instance of the LookUpColumnInfo class with the specified settings.

A string representing the field name whose values are displayed in the column. This value is used to initialize the property. A string representing the column's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. An integer value specifying the width of the current column. This value is used to initialize the property. A value specifying the type of formatting applied when displaying column values. This value is used to initialize the property. A string specifying the pattern used to format column values. This value is used to initialize the property. A Boolean value specifying the visibility of the current column. This value is used to initialize the property. A value specifying the horizontal alignment of the column's values. This value is used to initialize the property. A value specifying the sort order for the column. This value is used to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the LookUpColumnInfo class with the specified field name and caption.

The value to initialize the property. The value to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the LookUpColumnInfo class with the specified settings.

Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of column values within the current column.

A value specifying the alignment of the column's contents.

Gets or sets whether the column supports data sorting.

A value that specifies whether data sorting is enabled for the current column.

Copies properties of the source column to the current instance.

The source column whose properties must be copied.

Gets or sets the column's caption.

The string representing the column's caption.

Gets or sets the field name whose values are displayed in the column.

The name of the field whose values are displayed in the column.

Specifies the pattern used to format column values when the is not set to .

The pattern used to format column values.

Gets or sets the type of formatting applied when displaying column values.

The value specifying the format type.

Returns the LookUpEdit control that owns the collection containing the current LookUpColumnInfo object.

The owner of the collection containing the current LookUpColumnInfo object.

Gets or sets the sort order applied to the current column.

A value specifying the column's sort order.

Returns the textual representation of the current LookUpColumnInfo object.

A string that specifies the textual representation of the current LookUpColumnInfo object.

Gets or sets the visibility of the current column.

true if the column is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the width of the current column.

The width of the current column.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The control which fires the event. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for the event.

Creates an instance of the class.

The field to initialize the property. The value for the property.

Gets the field for which you should provide the value for the specified record.

The field name for which to return the value.

Gets the zero-based index of the record for which a field value must be returned.

The zero-based index of the record for which a field value must be returned.

Gets or sets a field value.

A field value.

Represents the CheckedListBoxControl's item collection.

Creates a new object.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckedListBoxItemCollection class with the specified capacity.

A value to initialize the collection's Capacity property.

Creates a new item with the specified value and state and appends it to the collection.

An object which represents the item's value. true if the item is checked; otherwise, false . A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index.

Creates a new item with the specified value and check state and appends it to the collection.

An object which represents the item's value. A enumeration member which specifies the item's state. A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index.

Creates a new item with the specified settings and appends it to the collection.

An object which represents the item's value. A enumeration member which specifies the item's state. true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index.

Adds a new item with the specified value to the collection.

An object that represents the item's value. A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index.

Adds a new item with the specified settings to the collection.

An object that represents the item's value. This value is used to initialize the property. A string representing the item's display text. This value is used to initialize the property. A enumeration member which specifies the item's state. This value is used to initialize the property. A Boolean value that specifies whether the created item must be enabled. This value is used to initialize the property. A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index.

Adds a new item with the specified value and description to the collection.

Creates a new item with the specified value and state and appends it to the collection.

An object which represents the item's value. A Nullable Boolean value that represents the item's check state. A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index.

Adds an array of items to the collection.

An array of objects to be added to the collection.

Returns a list of checked items' values.

A list of checked items.

Returns the zero-based index of the specified in the collection, or, if the specified value is not a object, returns the index of the item that contains this value in its CheckedListBoxItem.Value property.

A object whose index in the collection needs to be returned. Or, a value (CheckedListBoxItem.Value) of the item whose index needs to be returned. A zero-based index of the required item.

Gets or sets an item at the specified position within the collection.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the required item. If the index is negative or exceeds the last available index, an exception is thrown. An object representing the item at the specified position within the collection.

Returns an item that has the specified value.

An object that represent's the value of the item to be retrieved. A object whose value matches the specified object.

Represents an item within the and controls.

Creates a new object and instantiates the property.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Creates a new object and instantiates the and properties.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. true if the item is checked; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property.

Creates a new object and instantiates the and properties.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with custom settings.

An object which represents the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration member specifying the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. true if the item is enabled; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckedListBoxItem class with the specified settings.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration member representing the item's state. This value is assigned to the property. true to enable the item; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckedListBoxItem class with the specified value and description.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. A string representing the item's display text. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckedListBoxItem class with the specified value, description and check state.

Gets or sets the item's state.

A enumeration member specifying the item's state.

Gets or sets the item's display text.

A string that specifies the item's display text.

Gets or set whether an end-user can change the item's state.

true if the item is enabled and an end-user can change its state; otherwise, false.

Converts a value of the Nullable Boolean type to the System.Windows.Forms.CheckState type.

A Nullable Boolean value to be converted. A value converted to the System.Windows.Forms.CheckState type.

Converts a check state to a Nullable value. This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

A CheckedState enumeration value to be converted. A Nullable value.

Inverts the item's check state.

Returns the text representation of the current item.

A string that specifies the text representation of the current CheckedListBoxItem object.

Contains values specifying the formats of time editor values.

Hours are displayed within the time editor.

Hours and minutes are displayed within the time editor.

Hours, minutes and seconds are displayed within the time editor.

Contains values specifying the manner in which the hour portion is displayed.

The hour format obtained from the operation system time settings.

The hour portion varies from 00 to 12. A time suffix is displayed.

The hour portion varies from 00 to 24.

Stores settings specific to a time editor.

Creates a new object.

Gets or sets the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window.

An Int32 value specifying the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window. The default is 0.

Gets or sets whether an editor's dropdown can be displayed when the editor is in the read-only state.

A value that specifies if an editor's dropdown can be displayed in the read-only state. The default value is .

Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Allows you to perform specific actions with respect to how the popup window was closed.

Occurs when the editor's dropdown window starts closing.

Gets or sets the key combination used to open and close the editor's dropdown window.

A object specifying the key combination used to open and close the editor's dropdown window.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemTimeEdit class.

Always true.

Gets or sets the edit mask.

A string which specifies a mask expression.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Gets or sets a value specifying the manner in which the hour is displayed.

A enumeration member specifying the hour format.

Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened.

Gets or sets the border style of the editor's dropdown window.

A enumeration value specifying the border style of the editor's dropdown window.

Gets or sets the minimum size of the editor's dropdown window.

A structure that specifies the dropdown window's minimum size.

This member is not supported by the RepositoryItemTimeEdit class.

Gets an object providing properties specific to a time edit control.

A object providing settings common to a time edit control.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the editor's popup window will succeed.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the editor's popup window will succeed.

Gets or sets whether the popup window can be opened by clicking the edit box and whether a single or double click is required.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets whether the shadow is displayed for the editor's dropdown window.

true, to display the shadow for the editor's dropdown window; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the time editor's edit box.

A enumeration member specifying the editing style.

Gets or sets how end-users can modify the control's value.

A value that specifies how end-users can modify the time value.

Gets or sets a value specifying the format of the value displayed by a TimeEdit.

A enumeration member specifying the format of the time value.

Gets or sets the step by which minutes increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI . The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUIMinuteIncrement.

The number by which minutes increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI.

Gets or sets the step by which seconds increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI . The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUISecondIncrement.

The number by which seconds increment in the touch-aware time-editing UI.

Represents a class which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Occurs before an item is added to the MRU editor.

Gets or sets whether close ('x') buttons are displayed within dropdown MRU items, allowing an end-user to delete items.

true if close ('x') buttons are displayed within dropdown MRU items; otherwise, false.

Copies the settings of a specific repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the auto completion feature is enabled.

true if the auto completion is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box.

true, if the popup window is displayed immediately after an end-user has typed a character in the edit box; otherwise, false.

Gets the collection of items displayed by the current MRU editor.

A MRUEditItemCollection object representing a collection of items displayed by the editor.

Loads the collection with data from the specified stream.

A Stream object that contains items to be loaded.

Loads items from the specified XML file to the collection.

A string that specifies the full path to the XML file that stores items to be loaded.

Gets or sets the maximum number of items displayed in the editor's dropdown list.

An integer value specifying the maximum number of items contained by the MRU editor.

Gets an object providing properties specific to a MRU edit control.

A object instance providing settings common to a MRU edit control.

Saves items from the collection to a stream.

A stream to which data is saved.

Saves items stored in the collection to the specified XML file, using the default encoding.

A string that specifies the full path to the XML file to which data is saved.

Saves items stored in the collection to the specified XML file, using the specified encoding.

A string that specifies the full path to the XML file to which data is saved. An object that specifies the text encoding to use.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether to invoke the event when pressing the ENTER key.

true if the event is fired when the ENTER key is pressed; otherwise, false

Represents the class which provides settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Copies properties of the specified repository item.

A object representing the source repository item.

Gets or sets the manner in which the window for the process executed by the hyperlink editor should appear on-screen.

A value, specifying the manner in which the window for the process executed by the hyperlink editor should appear.

Gets or sets the caption string displayed in the edit box.

A string value specifying the hyperlink editor's caption.

The method overrides the base method to prevent it from creating a default button.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Returns the foreground color of the link's text.

A Color used to paint the link's text.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the edit box.

A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment.

Gets or sets the image displayed within the edit box.

A object which represents the image displayed within the edit box.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the edit box.

A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment.

Gets or sets the foreground color of the editor's display text.

The color of the editor's display text.

Gets or sets whether the link text color is specified by parent appearance settings.

true, if the link text color is specified by parent appearance settings; otherwise, false.

Occurs before hyperlink execution.

Gets or sets the image displayed within the edit box.

A object which represents the image displayed within the edit box.

Gets an object providing settings specific to the current control.

The object providing settings common to the current edit control.

Gets or sets the read-only status of the editor.

true if the end-user cannot modify the editor's contents; otherwise false.

Gets or sets whether hyperlink functionality is activated a single or double click.

true if the hyperlink functionality is activated by single clicking; otherwise, the user needs to double click the edit box in order to execute the hyperlink command.

Gets or sets a shortcut to activate the hyperlink.

The shortcut used to activate the hyperlink functionality.

Gets or sets whether a click/double-click on the empty space in the edit box invokes the hyperlink's functionality.

true if a click/double-click on the empty space invokes the hyperlink's functionality; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed and edited in the editor.

The value determining the editing style.

Contains settings specific to a lookup editor.

Creates and initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the header panel's appearance settings.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the column headers.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Gets or sets the visible column index against which an incremental search is performed in and modes.

The zero-based visible column index against which an incremental search is performed.

Changes the widths of columns in the dropdown, to best fit their contents.

The adjusted total width of the columns in the dropdown.

Specifies the maximum number or rows that are processed when invoking the "best-fit" functionality.

An integer value that specifies the maximum number of rows processed when invoking the "best-fit" functionality.

Gets or sets whether the end-user needs to type text matching the case when performing an incremental search.

true if an incremental search is case sensitive; otherwise false.

Gets a collection of columns displayed in the dropdown window.

A object specifying the columns displayed in the dropdown.

Gets or sets the field whose values are displayed in the edit box. The property is obsolete.

The string identifying the field whose values are displayed in the edit box.

Gets or sets the height of a row in the dropdown (in pixels).

The height of a single row.

Gets or sets the number of rows simultaneously displayed in the dropdown window.

The number of visible rows in the dropdown window.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Forces the control's data source to provide the information which is required to work with this data source.

Returns a data source row containing the specified field value.

The value of the field for the row to be located. An object representing the data source record containing the specified value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no record with the specified value in the field was found.

Returns a data source row containing the specified field value.

Searches for an object that represents the row containing the specified field values.

The value of the field for the row to be located. An array of objects representing values for additional fields against whose values the search is performed. An array of strings specifying the names of the fields against whose values the search will be carried out. An object representing the data source record containing the specified value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no record is found that matches the given search criteria.

Returns the visual index of the row in the dropdown that contains the specified value in the specified column.

A object that is the column whose values will be compared with the specified value to locate the required row. A value contained in the required row in the specified column. An integer value that is the row's zero-based visual index in the dropdown list. -1 if such a row is not found.

Returns the visual index of the row in the dropdown that contains the specified value in the specified field.

A string that is the field whose values will be compared with the specified value to locate the required row. A value contained in the required row in the specified field. An integer value that is the row's zero-based visual index in the dropdown. -1 if such a row is not found.

Gets the value contained in the specified row and column in the dropdown data source.

A object representing the column that contains the required value. An integer value specifying the row's visual index in the dropdown list. An object representing the value contained in the specified row and column. null if the specified row or column is not found.

Gets the value contained in the specified row and field in the dropdown data source.

A string representing the field name that contains the required value. An integer value specifying the row's visual index in the dropdown list. An object representing the value in the specified row and column. null if the specified row or field is not found.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Returns a value of the field of the row containing the specified field value.

The value of the field for the row to locate. The value of the field for the row located. null if no record with the specified value was found (System.DBNull.Value and the data source is a object).

Gets a value of the field by multiple key values.

The value of the field for the row to be located. An array of objects representing values for additional fields against whose values the search is performed. An array of strings specifying names of additional fields against whose values the search is carried out. The value of the field for the row located. null if no record with the specified value was found.

Returns the value of the field for the row whose value matches the specified text.

A text representation of the field in the row to locate. The value of the field for the row located, null if no record with the specified value was found (System.DBNull.Value when the data source is a object).

Returns a value of the field of the row containing the specified field value.

The value of the field for the row to locate. The value of the field for the row located. null if no record with the specified value was found (System.DBNull.Value when the data source is a object).

Gets the index of a specific row in the underlying data source.

A row's visual position in the dropdown window. This index can be obtained via the method. The index of a specific row in the underlying data source.

Occurs on retrieving values for fields not found in the .

Gets or sets which functionality is invoked as a result of clicking a column header within the dropdown.

A value specifying how the editor acts after its column header is clicked.

Specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted within the control's popup window.

A value that specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the items in the popup window are hottracked when the mouse pointer passes over them.

true if the items in the popup window are hottracked when the mouse pointer passes over them; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the rows in the popup window are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer passes over them.

true if the rows in the popup window are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer passes over them; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the field whose values match the editor's edit value. The property is obsolete.

The string identifying the field whose values match the editor's edit value.

Gets or sets the value of the editor's edit value. The property is obsolete.

The value of the edit value. null if the repository item is not associated with an editor.

Occurs after a record(s) in the has been changed.

Gets the reference to the current class instance.

The reference to the current class instance.

Returns the width of the widest column value in pixels (taking the column's caption into account).

The graphics surface. The column being processed. The a column width.

Gets or sets the string displayed in the edit box when the is null.

The string displayed in the edit box when the edit value is set to null or System.DBNull.Value.

Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object.

A control owning the current repository item.

Creates and binds columns to fields available in the .

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemLookUpEdit class.

The Size.Empty value.

Gets or sets the width of the dropdown window (in pixels).

The width of the dropdown window.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the calc edit control.

The object providing settings common to the current edit control.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

true always.

Gets or sets the current search mode.

A value of the type determining the current search mode.

Gets or sets the visibility of column headers.

true if column headers are visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the visibility of vertical lines separating columns in the dropdown.

true if vertical lines separating columns are visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the visible column index against which data is sorted.

The zero-based visible column index against which data is sorted.

Gets or sets a value specifying the editor's behavior when assigning a value of an invalid type to the property.

true if the editor raises an exception when assigning a value of an invalid type; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether an end-user can scroll through the dropdown records using the CTRL+UP ARROW and CTRL+DOWN ARROW keys when the dropdown is closed.

true if scrolling through the dropdown records is enabled; otherwise false.

Gets or sets whether the number of visible data rows limits the height of the dropdown window.

true, if the height of the dropdown cannot be greater than the number of data rows; otherwise, false.

Represents an editor displaying time values.

Creates a new object.

Closes the editor's popup window discarding the changes made.

Occurs when the TimeEdit control's pop-up window is completely closed and allows you to specify exactly how it was closed.

Closes the popup window accepting the changes made.

Allows you to accept or discard the modified TimeEdit control's value after the pop-up window is closed.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string value identifying the editor's class name.

Occurs after the TimeEdit control's pop-up window is completely displayed.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the time editor.

A object containing time editor settings.

Occurs when the current TimeEdit attempts to close its pop-up window.

Occurs when the TimeEdit control attempts to open its pop-up window.

This method is not supported for TimeEdit controls.

Displays the TimeEdit's pop-up window.

Gets the text string representing the edited time value.

A string value representing the editor's value.

Gets or sets the currently edited time value.

A object representing the edited time value.

Represents a text editor which displays a list of the most recently used items (MRU) within its dropdown window.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Occurs before a new item is added to the MRU editor.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets an object containing settings specific to the MRU editor.

A object instance containing settings for the MRU editor.

A text editor with hyperlink functionality.

Creates an instance of the control.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Occurs before hyperlink execution.

Contains settings specific to the hyperlink editor.

A object containing settings for the current editor.

Executes the command specified by the hyperlink editor as a new process.

Executes the specified command as a new process.

The object representing the command to execute.

Gets or sets the text representing the command for the hyperlink editor.

A string representing the command for the hyperlink editor.

Serves as the base for and classes.

Creates a new object.

An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the object belongs. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the buttons' owner.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the buttons' owner.

Gets or sets the time interval which passes between the moment when an end-user holds down the navigation button and the data records are scrolled repeatedly.

An integer value which specifies the time interval in milliseconds.

Locks the NavigatorButtonsBase object by preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Returns a value representing a data navigator button.

A enumeration member specifying the button type. A object representing the navigator's button. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no button is found.

Gets the collection of buttons displayed in the DataNavigator control.

A object representing the button collection.

Specifies the control's size.

The object representing the control's size.

Gets the collection of custom buttons.

A object which represents the collection of custom buttons.

Gets the source of the images that are displayed within the navigation buttons by default.

An object which contains the images displayed within the navigation buttons by default.

This method supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be called in your code.

A enumeration member specifying the button's type. An integer value representing the button's default index.

Simulates a mouse click action on the specified button.

A object that represents the navigation button.

Draws the text and buttons displayed in the data navigator.

A GraphicsInfoArgs object used to paint.

Specifies whether data records are scrolled repeatedly when the Next, NextPage, Prev or PrevPage button is held down.

true if data records are scrolled repeatedly when the navigation button is held down; otherwise, one click on the navigation button per record scrolled.

Unlocks the NavigatorButtonsBase object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Returns the index of the button to which the specified point belongs.

A structure representing a point within the navigating control. An object representing the index of the button to which the specified point belongs. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the specified point does not belong to a button.

Gets the hint for the button located at the specified point.

Reserved for future use. A structure representing a point within the navigating control. A string value representing the text displayed when the mouse pointer is over the data navigator button which the specified point belongs to. String.Empty if the specified point does not belong to a button.

Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the navigation buttons.

An object which represents the source of images.

Redraws the control.

Gets the object that owns this button collection.

An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the button collection belongs.

Gets the control which owns the current collection.

A descendant which represent the control which owns the current collection.

Gets or sets the number of records by which the current record changes after the PrevPage or NextPage button has been pressed.

An integer value specifying a number of records.

Updates the buttons' state and the text displayed within the control.

Containes values specifying the text location within the DataNavigator control.

The text is displayed on the left of the buttons, if the RightToLeft property value is false. Otherwise, the text is displayed on the right of the buttons.

The text is displayed between Prev and Next buttons of the DataNavigator control.

The text is displayed on the right of the buttons, if the RightToLeft property value is false. Otherwise, the text is displayed on the left of the buttons.

The text is not displayed.

Represents the collection of items displayed in the ListBoxControl.

Creates a new object.

Initializes a new instance of the ListBoxItemCollection class with the specified capacity.

A value to initialize the collection's Capacity property.

Adds the specified item to the end of the collection.

An object which represents the item to append. A zero-based integer representing the item's position within the collection.

Adds an array of items to the collection.

An array of objects to be added to the collection.

Locks the ListBoxItemCollection by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Returns whether the specified item belongs to the current collection.

The item to locate in the collection. true if the specified item belongs to the collection; otherwise false.

Gets the number of items in the collection.

An integer value that specifies the number of items in the collection.

Unlocks the ListBoxItemCollection object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Returns the position of the specified item within the collection.

The object representing the item to locate within the collection. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the specified item within the collection. -1 if the specified item is not found.

Creates a new item and adds it to the specified position within the collection.

An integer value representing the zero-based index at which the created item should be inserted. If negative or exceeds the number of elements within the collection an exception is thrown. An object representing the inserted item.

Gets or sets an item at the specified position within the collection.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. If negative or exceeds the number of elements, an exception is raised. An object representing the item at the specified position.

Occurs after the item collection has been changed.

Removes the specified item from the collection.

An object representing the item to be removed from the collection.

Represents a single item in the collection.

Returns an item's equivalent string representation.

A value representing the current item.

Gets or sets the item's value.

An object representing the item's value.

Enumerates search modes for a lookup edior.

Enables the automatic completion feature. In this mode, when the dropdown is closed, the text in the edit box is automatically completed if it matches a field value of one of dropdown rows. When the dropdown is open, the automatic completion feature is disabled but the editor allows you to perform an incremental search in the same manner as when mode is active.

Enables the incremental filtering feature. When you type within the edit box, the editor automatically opens the dropdown window and displays only records whose field value starts with the characters typed. Other records are not displayed. If you enter a value that does not match any record, the dropdown window will not contain any rows. The following image shows a lookup editor when AutoFilter mode is enabled.

The incremental search is enabled only when the dropdown window is open. If the window is closed, the user can modify the text in the edit box. However these changes are ignored. When the dropdown is open the incremental search is performed against the column whose index is specified by the property. The header of this column contains the search icon (binoculars). The user can click a specific column header to perform the search against this column. The following screenshot shows a sample lookup editor. The incremental search is performed against the second column.

Specifies the style used to represent the selected color in a control.

The selected color is represented as an integer value in the edit box. The following image shows a color editor with the property set to Integer.

The selected color is represented as a human-readable string in the edit box. If the selected color is one of predefined colors, display text specifies its common name (such as Aquamarine, Highlight or WindowText). Otherwise, the string consists of the ARGB (alpha, red, green, and blue) components. The following screenshots show color editors when the property is set to Native. a color is selected from the Custom panel of the dropdown window. a color is selected from the Web panel of the dropdown window

An editor that allows users to select values from a dropdown window that contains lookup values.

Creates an instance of the class.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Returns the value of the specified column for the currently selected row in the dropdown.

A object identifying the column whose value should be returned. An object representing the column's value in the current row.

Returns the value of a specific column for the currently selected row in the dropdown.

A string identifying the field whose value should be returned. An object representing the column's value in the current row.

Occurs when retrieving values for fields not found in the .

Returns a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value.

An object that represents a data source row corresponding to the currently selected edit value.

Gets whether the text in the edit box matches the field value of any row in the dropdown.

true, if the text in the edit box matches the field value of any row in the dropdown; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the index of the selected row.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the selected row in the editor's dropdown.

Occurs after a record(s) in the has been changed.

Specifies settings specific to the current editor.

A object containing settings for the lookup editor.

Resets selection and caret position in the editor.

Gets the text displayed in the edit box.

The text displayed in the edit box.

Serves as a base for class.

Gets the index of the image displayed within the specified item.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed within the specified item. -1 if no item is found.

Specifies the alignment of the image displayed within the item.

A enumeration member specifying the image alignment.

Gets or sets the name of the data field whose values supply image indexes for list box items.

A string value specifying the name of the data source field whose contents represent image indexes.

Occurs after the property value has been changed.

Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the items.

An object which is the source of images.

Provides access to the item collection, when the control is not bound to a data source.

An object representing the items collection.

Serves as the base for the class.

Initializes a new instance of the BaseCheckedListBoxControl class with default settings.

Gets or sets whether check items in the checked list box should support three check states rather than two.

true if the check items are able to display three check states; otherwise, false.

Checks all the items in the list box.

Gets the collection of indexes corresponding to checked items.

A CheckedIndexCollection object representing the collection of indexes corresponding to checked items.

Gets the collection of checked item values.

A CheckedItemCollection object representing the collection of checked item values.

Returns the number of checked items in the collection.

An integer value that specifies the number of checked items.

Gets or sets the field name in the bound data source whose values specify item check states.

A string value specifying a field name in the data source.

Occurs when the property value is changed.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the item's check state changes whenever the item is clicked.

true if the item's check state changes whenever the item is clicked; otherwise, false.

Checks all selected (highlighted) items.

Occurs when the field value is fetched from the data source and then posted back.

Gets a value indicating whether the item is checked.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. true if the item is checked; false if unchecked or in the indeterminate state.

Gets the check state of the item specified by its index.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. A CheckState enumeration member representing the item's check state. CheckState.Unchecked if the item's index is negative or exceeds the last available index.

Enables you to disable specific items, in bound mode.

Inverts the check state for each item in the collection.

Returns whether all selected (highlighted) items are checked.

true if all selected items are checked; otherwise, false.

Fires when the checked state of an item has been changed.

Enables you to restrict item state changes.

Provides access to the item collection, when the control is not bound to a data source.

A object representing the items collection displayed within the CheckedListBoxControl.

Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls.

Changes the state of the item to checked or unchecked.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item to be changed. If it is negative or exceeds the last available index, the method will have no effect. true to check the item, false to uncheck it.

Sets the check state of the item.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. A CheckState enumeration member specifying the new check state of the item.

Toggles the state of the item at the specified index.

An zero-based integer value which represents the index of the item whose state should be toggled.

Inverts the check states of selected items.

Unchecks all the items.

Unchecks all selected (highlighted) items.

Implements the basic functionality of the component.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Fires immediately after the repository item collection has been changed.

Provides access to the collection of repository items stored by the repository.

A object

Fires when changing repository item properties residing within the repository.

Represents a repository item that provides settings for editors.

Creates and initializes a new instance of the class.

Copies settings and event handlers from the repository item specified as a parameter.

A descendant representing the repository item whose settings are to be copied to the current item.

Obsolete. Gets or sets whether to close the popup window when another form is opened.

true if the dropdown is closed when another form is opened; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the current dropdown control must be closed when: 1) clicking on a control within another form; 2) clicking outside its bounds, and at the same time, within another non-DevExpress popup window that belongs to the current dropdown control.

true if the dropdown control is closed on a click outside its bounds; otherwise, false.

Gets the alignment of the editor content when the editor works inplace within a container control.

The value always.

Gets the corresponding editor's type name.

The 'PopupContainerEdit' string always.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Gets or sets the control to display in the popup window.

A control to display in the popup window.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether end-users can resize the popup window.

true to allow popup window resizing; otherwise, false.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the control.

The object containing settings for the current control.

Enables you to specify the display text for the editor.

Fires when closing the popup window, enabling you to specify the editor's value based on the state of controls residing within the popup.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the close button is displayed within the popup window.

true to display the close button; otherwise, false

Gets or sets whether the text box is visible and enabled.

A enumeration value specifying text box availability.

Gets or sets whether the accociated popup control's minimum size is specified by its MinimumSize property.

true if the popup control's minimum size is specified by the control's MinimumSize property; false if the minimum size is specified by the editor's property.

Serves as the base for repository items that provide settings for editors with popup windows.

Creates an instance of the class.

Gets or sets a value specifying which editor button will open the editor's dropdown window.

A zero-based integer specifying the button by its index within the collection.

Gets or sets whether an editor's dropdown can be displayed when the editor is in the read-only state.

A value that specifies if an editor's dropdown can be displayed in the read-only state.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor's popup window.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the editor's popup window.

Copies settings from the repository item specified as a parameter.

A descendant representing the repository item whose settings should be copied to the current repository item.

Allows you to perform specific actions with respect to how the popup window was closed.

Enables you to specify whether changes are saved or discarded when closing the popup window.

Gets or sets the key combination used to open and close the popup window.

A object specifying the key combination used to open and close the popup window.

Creates a default button when the editor is initialized.

Gets the owning editor's type name.

The 'PopupBaseEdit' string always.

Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object.

A editor owning the current repository item.

Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the popup window's border style.

A enumeration value specifying the popup window's border style.

Gets or sets the minimum size for the associated dropdown window.

A structure that specifies the dropdown window's minimum size.

Gets or sets the popup window's size.

A structure that specifies the popup window's size.

Gets or sets the popup window's width.

An integer value specifying the width of the editor's popup window.

Gets or sets how the control's popup window is resized.

A ResizeMode enumeration value specifying how the popup window is resized.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the popup control.

The object providing settings specific to the popup control.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the editor's popup window will succeed.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the editor's popup window will succeed.

Gets or sets whether the popup window can be opened by clicking the edit box and whether a single or double click is required.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets whether the popup window's shadow is displayed.

true to display the popup window's shadow; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Represents a repository item which holds settings specific to controls.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A descendant used to paint the group rows in the XtraGrid.

Gets the alignment of the editor contents when the editor works as an inplace control.

The value.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Gets or sets the alignment of the item's glyph when it is displayed in the control's edit box.

The value specifying the alignment of the item's glyph in the edit box.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets the collection of items displayed in the dropdown window.

The collection of items for the image combo box editor.

Gets or sets the source of large images.

An object that is an image collection providing large images for the editor's items.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the image combo box editor.

The object providing settings specific to the image combo box editor.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

true always.

Gets or sets the source of small images.

An object that is an image collection providing small images for the editor's items.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the control's edit box.

The value determining the editing style.

Represents a collection of repository items.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemCollection class with the specified owner.

An object that is the owner of the created collection.

Creates a new repository item of the specified type and adds it to the end of the collection.

A string value specifying the repository item type by the corresponding editor type name. A descendant representing the new repository item.

Adds the specified repository item to the end of the collection.

A descendant to be added to the collection. An integer value representing the added item's zero-based index within the collection.

Adds an array of repository items to the collection.

An array of descendants to be added to the collection.

Indicates whether the collection contains the specified repository item.

A descendant to locate in the collection. true if the collection contains the specified repository item; otherwise, false.

Returns the specified repository item's position within the collection.

A descendant to locate in the collection. An integer value representing the item's zero-based index. -1 if the collection doesn't contain the specified repository item.

Gets the repository item specified by its name.

A value specifying the name of the desired repository item. A descendant representing the repository item with the specified name. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the collection doesn't contain the specified item.

Provides indexed access to repository items.

An integer value representing the item's zero-based index within the collection. A descendant representing the repository item located at the specified position.

Removes the specified repository item from the collection.

A descendant representing the repository item to remove.

Serves as the base for repository items corresponding to BLOB editors.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets the editor content's default horizontal alignment.

The value always.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Gets or sets the source of images used to indicate whether the editor contains data.

An object which represents the source of images that indicate whether a BLOB editor contains data.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Provides access to the editor's mask settings.

A object which contains the editor's mask settings.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's popup window is sizeable.

true if the editor's popup window is sizeable; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the size the editor's popup window should have when first opened.

A structure representing the size of the popup window on its first occurrence.

Gets an object providing properties specific to a BLOB editor.

A object instance providing settings common to a BLOB editor.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether an identification icon is displayed within the editor's edit region.

true if a BLOB editor displays an identification icon; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the BLOB editor's edit box.

A enumeration value determining editing style.

Represents the class which provides settings common to all spin editors.

Creates a new object.

Gets or sets the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window.

An Int32 value specifying the index of a button within the button collection which will open the editor's dropdown window. The default is 0.

This property is not supported in RepositoryItemBaseSpinEdit descendants, except for the object. See , to learn more.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor's popup window.

Appearance settings used to paint the editor's dropdown window.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Occurs when the RepositoryItemBaseSpinEdit's pop-up window is completely closed.

Occurs when the editor's pop-up window starts closing.

Gets or sets the key combination used to open and close the RepositoryItemBaseSpinEdit's pop-up window.

A object specifying the key combination used to open and close the RepositoryItemBaseSpinEdit's pop-up window.

Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item.

A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor.

Gets or sets the event's firing mode.

An enumeration member which specifies when the editor's event should be raised.

Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened.

Gets or sets the border style of the editor's popup window.

A enumeration value specifying the border style of the editor's popup window.

Gets or sets the minimum size of the editor's dropdown window.

A structure that specifies the dropdown window's minimum size.

This member is not supported by the RepositoryItemBaseSpinEdit class.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the spin edit control.

A object representing settings specific to the spin edit control.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the editor's popup window will succeed.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the editor's popup window will succeed.

Gets or sets whether the popup window can be opened by clicking the edit box and whether a single or double click is required.

A value that specifies whether the RepositoryItemBaseSpinEdit's pop-up window can be invoked by clicking the edit box.

Gets or sets whether the shadow is displayed for the editor's dropdown window.

true, to display the shadow for the editor's dropdown window; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying which editor button is the spin button used to increment or decrement the edited value.

An integer value representing the spin button's zero-based index.

Gets or sets the spin button's orientation.

A enumeration member specifying the spin button's orientation.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets a value specifying how keyboard keys are used to change the editor's value.

true for editing the editor's value by pressing CTRL+UP and CTRL+DOWN combinations; false for editing the editor's value by the UP and DOWN keys.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender (typically the check edit control). A object containing data related to the event.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

Represents a method that will handle the event of a popup container editor.

The event source. This identifies the popup container editor for which the event is fired. A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Creates a new object.

An object specifying the editor value. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the editor value.

An object specifying editor value.

Represents a method that will handle the and events.

The event source. This identifies the popup container editor for which the event is fired. A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the and events.

Creates a new object.

An object representing the editor value whose textual representation is to be specified. This value is assigned to the property. A string value representing the editor's value within the text box. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the text to display in the edit box.

A string value specifying the editor's formatted display text.

Gets the current edit value.

An object representing the editor's value.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender (typically the check edit control). A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Creates an instance of the class.

A expression representing the check editor's edited value. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the check state.

A enumeration value representing a check state.

Gets the current edited value of a check editor.

A expression representing an editor's edited value.

Represents an object providing a means to localize editor interface elements.

Initializes a new instance of the Localizer class with default settings.

Gets or sets a localizer object providing localization of the editors' interface at runtime.

A Localizer descendant which is used to localize the editors' interface at runtime.

Creates and returns an EditResLocalizer object containing resources for the thread's language and regional settings (culture).

An EditResLocalizer object containing resources for the thread's culture.

Returns an XtraLocalizer object representing resources based on the thread's language and regional settings (culture).

An object representing resources based on the thread's culture.

Gets the string, localized by the current Localizer, for the specified user interface element.

A String value specifying the UI element whose localized text content is to be obtained. A String value that is the localized text content of the specific UI element.

Represents the collection of items displayed in the ImageListBoxControl.

Creates a new object.

Creates a new item with the specified settings and appends it to the collection.

An object which represents the item's value. A zero-based integer specifying the index of the item's image. A zero-based integer value representing the new item's index.

Adds a new item with the specified value to the collection.

An object that represents the item's value. A zero-based integer value that specifies the new item's index within the collection.

Adds an array of items to the collection.

An array of objects to be added to the collection.

Returns the zero-based index of the specified in the collection, or, if the specified value is not a object, returns the index of the item that contains this value in its ImageListBoxItem.Value property.

A object whose index in the collection needs to be returned. Or, a value (ImageListBoxItem.Value) of the item whose index needs to be returned. A zero-based index of the required item.

Gets or sets an item at the specified position.

An integer value representing the item's zero-based index within the collection. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. An object representing the item at the specified position within the collection.

Represents a single item in the collection.

Creates a new object.

Creates a new object and instantiates its and properties.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed in the item. This value is assigned to the property.

Creates a new object and instantiates its property.

An object representing the item's value. This value is assigned to the property.

Specifies the index of the item's image.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item's image.

Gets the source of images which provides images for image list box items.

An which represents the source of images.

Represents a collection of items displayed within the dropdown list of editors.

Creates a new instance of the class.

The object for which the collection is created.

Adds a new item to the current collection.

A new item to insert into the collection. The position into which the new element was inserted.

Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration.

A object which represents the required enumeration.

Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration. Allows you to assign integer values to the items' Value property.

A object which is the required enumeration. true, if enumeration members' indexes should be passed to the collection items' Value property; otherwise, false.

Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration. The display captions of the items are generated by the specified converter.

A System.Converter delegate that will generate item display captions.

Adds new items to the collection that will represent elements of the specified enumeration.

Adds an array of items to the collection.

An array of objects representing items for the image combo box editor.

Returns the item in the current collection that contains the specified value.

A ComboBoxItem value. The object within the current collection containing the specified value.

Gets the text representation of the specified item.

The item for which to return its text representation. The string representing the specified item.

Gets or sets an item at the specified position.

The zero-based index of the item to return. The item at the specified position.

Represents an individual item in controls.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's value.

The object to initialize the item's property.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's caption.

The string to initialize the property.

Creates a new instance of the class and sets all its properties to their default values.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's property.

The value to initialize the property.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's value and caption.

The string to initialze the item's . The value to initialize the item's .

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's value and image index.

The object to initialize the item's property. The value to initialize the item's property.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the item's caption and image index.

The string to initialize the item's property. The value to initialize the property.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes its properties to the specified values.

The string to initialize the item's property. The object to initialize the item's property. The value to initialize the item's property.

Copies all properties of the specified object to the current item.

The source item whose properties must be copied to the current item.

Gets or sets the item's caption.

The string identifying the item's caption.

Gets or sets the image linked to the item.

The index of the image linked to the item.

Gets the source of images which provides images for image combo box items.

An which represents the source of images.

Returns the textual representation of the item.

The string representing the current item.

Represents a collection of editor buttons in a control or its descendant.

Creates and initializes a new instance of the class.

Adds the specified button to the button collection.

The object specifying the button to insert into the collection. The zero-based index of the button within the collection.

Adds an array of buttons to the current button collection.

An array of objects to add to the current button collection.

Copies buttons from the specified object to the current button collection.

The source button collection.

Occurs when changing the current button collection.

Gets a value indicating whether the specified button belongs to the current collection.

The button object to locate in the collection. true if the button belongs to the current button collection; otherwise, false.

Gets the position of the specified button in the current button collection.

The object to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the button in the collection.

Inserts the specified button at a given position.

The zero-based index at which the button is inserted. The button to insert to the collection.

Gets a button at the specified position.

The zero-based index of the button to return. An object at the specified position in the current collection.

Returns the text representation of the current object.

A string that specifies the text representation of the current EditorButtonCollection object.

Gets the number of visible buttons in the collection.

The number of visible buttons in the collection.

Represents a method that will handle the and events.

The event sender (typically a descendant). A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the and events.

Creates a new object and initializes its property.

An object representing the editor's new value. This value is assigned to the property.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether default edit value conversion/formatting is required.

true to prohibit default edit value conversion/formatting; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets either the edit or the display value of an editor.

An object specifying either the edit or the display value of an editor.

Represents a collection of items within a combo box editor.

Creates and initializes a new instance of the class.

The object for which the item collection should be created.

Adds a new item to the current collection.

The object representing the new item in the collection. The position to which the new element was inserted.

Adds an array of items to the collection.

An array of objects representing items for the combo box editor.

Adds the items from the specified collection to the current collection.

An object which implements the interface.

Copies items from the source collection to the current collection.

The source collection whose items are copied to the current collection.

Locks the ComboBoxItemCollection by preventing change notifications from being fired, preventing visual updates until the EndUpdate method is called.

Occurs when changing the item collection.

Gets a value indicating whether the specified object is an element of the current collection.

An object to locate in the collection. true if the specified object belongs to the collection; otherwise, false.

Unlocks the ComboBoxItemCollection object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Gets the textual representation of the specified item.

The item for which to return its text representation. The string representing the specified item.

Gets the zero-based index of the specified object in the item collection.

The item to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the specified item in the current collection, if found; otherwise, -1.

Inserts a new element at the specified position.

The zero-based index specifying the position at which the item should be inserted. The item to insert.

Gets or sets an item at the specified position.

The zero-based index of the item to return. The item at the specified position.

Removes the specified object from the collection.

The item to remove from the collection.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender (typically the descendant). A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Creates a new object.

An object representing the editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. An object representing the value about to be assigned to the editor. This value is assigned to the property. true if the event should be canceled; otherwise, false.

Creates a new object.

An object representing the editor's value. This value is assigned to the property. An object representing the value about to be assigned to the editor. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets the value which is about to be assigned to the editor.

An object representing the editor's potential value.

Gets the editor's value.

An object representing the editor's value.

Contains values corresponding to strings that can be localized.

The caption of the Apply button displayed within the filter drop-down window within a PivotGrid control. Return value: Apply

Represents the caption of the button used to delete the last digit of the displayed number in the editor. Return value: Back

Represents the caption of the button used to clear the current calculation in the editor. Return value: C

Represents the caption of the button used to clear the displayed number in the editor. Return value: CE

Represents the caption of the button used to clear any number stored in memory of the editor. Return value: MC

Represents the caption of the button used to recall the number stored in memory of the editor. Return value: MR

Represents the caption of the button used to store the display number in memory of the editor. Return value: MS

Represents the caption of the button used to add the displayed number to any number already in memory in the editor. Return value: M+

Represents the caption of the button used to calculate the square root of the displayed number in the editor. Return value: sqrt

The string displayed in the edit box of the editor if an expression cannot be evaluated (division by zero, for instance). Return value: Calculation Error

The caption of the button to discard changes and close the dropdown window of a and editors. Return value: Cancel

The default caption for the error message box. Return value: Error

[To be supplied]

Specifies the string corresponding to the checked state of the check edit. This string is displayed, for instance, in the filter dropdown of the XtraGrid (or other) control. Return value: Checked

Specifies the string corresponding to the indeterminate state of the check edit. This string is displayed, for instance, in the filter dropdown of the XtraGrid (or other) control. Return value: Indeterminate

Specifies the string corresponding to the unchecked state of the check edit. This string is displayed, for instance, in the filter dropdown of the XtraGrid (or other) control. Return value: Unchecked

The caption of the Automatic button in the control. Return value: Automatic

Specifies the caption of the editor's tab page displaying predefined custom colors. Return value: Custom

Specifies the caption of the editor's tab page displaying predefined system colors. Return value: System

Specifies the caption of the editor's tab page displaying predefined web colors. Return value: Web

Represents the text which identifies the name of an in-place editor within a container control. The string which is identified by this enumeration value is used to initiliaze an editor's property when this editor is activated for in-place editing within container controls (eg. XtraGrid, XtraTreeList, etc).

Specifies the text string displayed in the and editors when no image is loaded. Return value: Data empty

The caption of the Clear button used to set the editor's edit value to the property value (null-date). Return value: Clear

The caption of the Today button used to assign the current day to the edit value of the editor. Return value: Today

Returns "Default"

Returns "False"

Returns "True"

Returns "Field List ({0})".

Returns "Avg".

Returns "Count".

Returns "Exists".

Returns "Max".

Returns "Min".

Returns "Sum".

Represents the caption of the AnyOf filter clause. Return value: Is any of

Represents the caption of the BeginsWith filter clause. Return value: Begins with

Represents the caption of the Between filter clause. Return value: Is between

Represents the caption of the BetweenAnd filter clause. Return value: and

Represents the caption of the Contains filter clause. Return value: Contains

Represents the caption of the DoesNotContain filter clause. Return value: Does not contain

Represents the caption of the DoesNotEqual filter clause. Return value: Does not equal

Represents the caption of the EndsWith filter clause. Return value: Ends with

Represents the caption of the Equals filter clause. Return value: Equals

Represents the caption of the Greater filter clause. Return value: Is greater than

Represents the caption of the GreaterOrEqual filter clause. Return value: Is greater than or equal to

Represents the caption of the IsNotNull filter clause. Return value: Is not blank

Returns "Is not blank".

Represents the caption of the IsNull filter clause. Return value: Is blank

Returns "Is blank".

Represents the caption of the Less filter clause. Return value: Is less than

Represents the caption of the LessOrEqual filter clause. Return value: Is less than or equal to

Represents the caption of the Like filter clause. Return value: Is like

Represents the caption of the NoneOf filter clause. Return value: Is none of

Represents the caption of the NotBetween filter clause. Return value: Is not between

Represents the caption of the NotLike filter clause. Return value: Is not like

Specifies an error message that may occur when parsing an expression Return value: The specified expression contains invalid symbols (line {0}, character {1}).

Specifies an error message that may occur when parsing an expression Return value: The specified expression is invalid..

Specifies the textual representation of the Between operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Between

Specifies the textual representation of the binary bitwise AND operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: &

Specifies the textual representation of the binary bitwise OR operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: |

Specifies the textual representation of the binary bitwise XOR operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ^

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Divide operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: /

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Equal to operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: =

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Greater than operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: >

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Greater than or equal to operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: >=

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Less than operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: <

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Less than or equal to operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: <=

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Like operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Like

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Minus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: -

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Modulo operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: %

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Multiply operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: *

Specifies the textual representation of the binary Not Equal operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value:

Specifies the textual representation of the binaryPlus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: +

Returns "Abs"

Returns "Acos"

Returns "Add days"

Returns "Add hours"

Returns "Add milliseconds"

Returns "Add minutes"

Returns "Add months"

Returns "Add seconds"

Returns "Add ticks"

Returns "Add time span"

Returns "Add years"

Returns "Ascii"

Returns "Asin"

Returns "Atn"

Returns "Atn2"

Returns "Big Mul"

Returns "Ceiling"

Returns "Char"

Returns "Char index"

Returns "Concat"

Returns "Contains".

Returns "Cos"

Returns "Cosh"

Specifies a string which represents the function type in filter display text. Return value: Custom

Returns "Custom non deterministic"

Returns "Date diff day"

Returns "Date diff hour"

Returns "Date diff millisecond"

Returns "Date diff minute"

Returns "Date diff month"

Returns "Date diff second"

Returns "Date diff tick"

Returns "Date diff year"

Returns "Ends with".

Returns "Exp"

Returns "Floor"

Returns "Get date"

Returns "Get day"

Returns "Get day of week"

Returns "Get day of year"

Returns "Get hour"

Returns "Get millisecond"

Returns "Get minute"

Returns "Get month"

Returns "Get second"

Returns "Get time of day"

Returns "Get year"

Specifies the textual representation of the Iif function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Iif

Returns "Insert"

Specifies the textual representation of the Is Null function, which takes one or two arguments, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: IsNull

Returns "Is null or empty"

Specifies the textual representation of the IsBeyondThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: BeyondThisYear

Specifies the textual representation of the IsEarlierThisMonth function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: EarlierThisMonth

Specifies the textual representation of the IsEarlierThisWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: EarlierThisWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the IsEarlierThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: EarlierThisYear

Specifies the textual representation of the IsLastWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LastWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the IsLaterThisMonth function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LaterThisMonth

Specifies the textual representation of the IsLaterThisWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LaterThisWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the IsLaterThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LaterThisYear

Specifies the textual representation of the IsNextWeek function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the IsPriorThisYear function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: PriorThisYear

Specifies the textual representation of the IsToday function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Today

Specifies the textual representation of the IsTomorrow function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Tomorrow

Specifies the textual representation of the IsYesterday function, which takes one argument, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Yesterday

Return value: Is This Month

Return value: Is This Week

Return value: Is This Year

Specifies the textual representation of the Len function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Len

Specifies the textual representation of the DayAfterTomorrow function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: DayAfterTomorrow

Specifies the textual representation of the LastWeek function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: LastWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the NextMonth function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextMonth

Specifies the textual representation of the NextWeek function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the NextYear function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: NextYear

Specifies the textual representation of the Now function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Now

Specifies the textual representation of the ThisMonth function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ThisMonth

Specifies the textual representation of the ThisWeek function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ThisWeek

Specifies the textual representation of the ThisYear function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ThisYear

Specifies the textual representation of the Today function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Today

Specifies the textual representation of the Tomorrow function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Tomorrow

Specifies the textual representation of the TwoWeeksAway function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: TwoWeeksAway

Specifies the textual representation of the Yesterday function, used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Yesterday

Returns "Log"

Returns "Log10"

Specifies the textual representation of the Lower function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Lower

Returns "Max"

Returns "Min"

Specifies the string which represents the function type in filter display text. Return value: None

Returns "Now"

Returns "Pad left"

Returns "Pad right"

Returns "Power"

Returns "Remove"

Returns "Replace"

Returns "Reverse"

Returns "Rnd"

Returns "Round"

Returns "Sign"

Returns "Sin"

Returns "Sinh"

Returns "Sqr"

Returns "Starts with".

Specifies the textual representation of the Substring function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Substring

Returns "Tan"

Returns "Tanh"

Returns "Today"

Returns "To decimal".

Returns "To double".

Returns "To float".

Returns "To int".

Returns "To long".

Returns "To str"

Specifies the textual representation of the Trim function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Trim

Specifies the textual representation of the Upper function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Upper

Returns "Utc now"

Specifies the textual representation of the Boolean And operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: And

Specifies the textual representation of the Boolean Or operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Or

Specifies the textual representation of the In function used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: In

Specifies the textual representation of the Is not null operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Is Not Null

Specifies the textual representation of the Not like operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Not Like

Specifies the textual representation of the unary bitwise Not operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: ~

Specifies the textual representation of the unary Is null operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Is Null

Specifies the textual representation of the unary Minus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: -

Specifies the textual representation of the unary Not operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: Not

Specifies the textual representation of the unary Plus operator used when constructing a display string of filter criteria. Return value: +

Specifies the textual representations of date-time functions shown in filter popup windows. Return value: "Show all|Filter by a specific date:|Beyond|||Next week|Today|This week|This month|Earlier|{0:yyyy}, {0:MMMM}"

Specifies the caption of a submenu that contains date-time constants used to filter data Return value: DateTime constants

Specifies the caption of a submenu that contains date-time operators used to filter data Return value: DateTime operators

Returns "Text"

Returns "Visual"

Return value: enter a value

Return value: <enter a parameter>

Return value: empty

Returns "Functions"

Return value: And

Return value: Not And

Return value: Not Or

Return value: Or

Return value: <Add a new parameter ...>

Return value: Clear All

Return value: Add Condition

Return value: Add Group

Return value: Remove Row

The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Incremental Search filter popup toolbar button. Return value: Incremental Search

The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Invert Filter filter popup toolbar button. Return value: Invert Filter

The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Multi-Selection filter popup toolbar button. Return value: Multi-Selection

The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Radio Mode filter popup toolbar button. Return value: Radio Mode

The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Show New Field Values filter popup toolbar button. Return value: Show New Field Values

The text displayed within a tooltip invoked when hovering over the Show Only Available Items filter popup toolbar button. Return value: Show Only Available Items

Return value: (Show All)

Return value: Adds a new item to the list.

Return value: (Use the Insert or Add button on the keyboard)

Return value: (Use the Delete or Subtract button on the keyboard)

Return value: Actions.

Return value: Adds a new condition to this group.

Return value: Removes this condition.

Return value: Compare to a value / other field's value.

Identifies the hours item in and controls in a Touch UI. Return value: hours

Specifies the text string displayed within the editor's edit region when no image is loaded if the property is set to false (the identification icon is not displayed). Return value: (Empty)

Specifies the text string displayed within the editor's edit region when the image is loaded if the property is set to false (the identification icon is not displayed). Return value: (Picture)

Return value: The number must be between 1 and 32767.

Represents the default error description displayed in a message box/tooltip if the editor's validation has failed. Return value: Invalid Value

Represents the initial value of the property when the object is created without parameters. Return value: Name

Specifies the text string displayed in the edit box of the when the edit value is null (Nothing in Visual Basic).

Reserved for future use.

Specifies the exception message raised when the editor's entered value specified by the mask is incomplete. Return value: The entered value is incomplete. Do you want to correct it?\r\n\r\nYes - return to the editor and correct the value.\r\nNo - leave the value as is.\r\nCancel - reset to the previous value.\r\n

Identifies the minutes item in and controls in a Touch UI . Return value: mins

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to insert a new blank record after the last one in the data source. Return value: Append

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to cancel edits to the current record. Return value: Cancel Edit

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to post edited record value to the associated data source. Return value: End Edit

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to set the current record to the first record in the dataset. Return value: First

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to set the current record to the last record in the data source. Return value: Last

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to set the current record to the next record in the data source. Return value: Last

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to change the current record position in the data source by the property value upwards. Return value: Next Page

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to the current record to the previous one in the data source. Return value: Previous

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to change the current record position in the data source by the property value backwards. Return value: Previous Page

Specifies the default hint of the 's button used to delete the current record. Return value: Delete

Specifies the format of the text string which can be displayed in the to display the current record and the total number of records in the associated data source. Return value: Record {0} of {1}

Specifies the default hint for the 's custom button. Return value: "" (empty string)

Reserved for future use. Return value: Not valid array length.

The caption of the Ok button displayed within the dropdown window of a and editors. Return value: Ok

An error displayed when an image cannot be copied to the clipboard by the control. Return value: Could not copy image

Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item to copy the contents of an editor. Return value: Copy

Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item to copy and delete the contents of an editor. Return value: Cut

Applied to image editors ( and customized to display images).The string represents the caption of the menu item to delete the contents of an editor. Return value: Delete

Returns "Fit Image".

Returns "Full Size".

Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images).The string represents the caption of the menu item to load an image from an external file. Return value: Load

Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images).The string represents the caption of the menu item to replace the contents of an editor with an image from the clipboard. Return value: Paste

Applied to image editors ( and are customized to display images). The string represents the caption of the menu item to save an editor's image to an external file. Return value: Save

Returns "Zoom".

Returns "Zoom In".

Returns "Zoom Out".

Returns "Zoom to:".

Returns "{0}%".

Specifies the error message displayed when specifying an invalid image for a or editors. Return value: Wrong picture format

The caption of the error message displayed when specifying an invalid image for a or . This string is followed by detail information on the error. Return value: Open error

The title of the Open File dialog used to load the image into the or editor.. Return value: Open

Specifies the file masks (filters) for the Save As dialog used to save the image displayed in a or editor to an external file. Return value: Bitmap Files (*.bmp)|*.bmp|Graphics Interchange Format (*.gif)|*.gif|JPEG File Interchange Format (*.jpg)|*.jpg

The title of the Save File dialog used to save the image displayed in the or editor to an external file. Return value: Save As

Return value: Busy

Return value: Door Open

Return value: Driver Update Needed

Return value: Error

Return value: Initializing

Return value: IO Active

Return value: ManualFeed

Return value: Not Available

Return value: No Toner

Return value: Offline

Return value: Out Of Memory

Return value: Output Bin Full

Return value: Page Punt

The caption of print preview windows. Return value: Preview:

Return value: PaperJam

Return value: PaperOut

Return value: PaperProblem

Return value: Paused

Return value: Pending Deletion

Return value: Power Save

Return value: Printing

Return value: Processing

Return value: Ready

Return value: Server Offline

Return value: Server Unknown

Return value: Toner Low

Return value: User Intervention

[To be supplied]

Return value: Warming Up

Returns "Cancel".

Returns "Cancel pending".

Returns "Creating document".

Returns "Exporting".

Returns "Loading data".

Returns "Printing".

Returns "XML files (*.xml)|*.xml|All files|*.*".

Returns "Restore Layout".

Returns "XML files (*.xml)|*.xml".

Returns "Save Layout".

Identifies the seconds item in and controls in a Touch UI. Return value: secs

Specifies the default hint for the tab control's Close button. Return value: Close

Specifies the default hint for the tab control's Next button which is used to scroll forwards through the tab pages. Return value: Next

Specifies the default hint for the tab control's Previous button which is used to scroll backwards through the tab pages. Return value: Previous

Returns "Show Window List".

Represents the caption of the menu item used to copy the selected contents of an editor. Return value: Copy

Represents the caption of the menu item used to cut the selected contents of an editor. Return value: Cut

Represents the caption of the menu item used to delete the selected contents of an editor. Return value: Delete

Represents the caption of the menu item used to replace the contents of an editor with the text held in the clipboard. Return value: Paste

Represents the caption of the menu item used to select the editor's content. Return value: Select All

Represents the caption of the menu item used to undo the last edit operation in the text box. Return value: Undo

The error message displayed when trying to assign a translucent background color to a control that doesn't support transparency. Return value: This control does not support transparent background colors

Return value: Unknown picture format

Represents the caption of the Abort button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: Abort

Represents the caption of the Cancel button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: Cancel

Represents the caption of the Ignore button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: Ignore

Represents the caption of the No button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: No

Represents the caption of the Ok button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: Ok

Represents the caption of the Retry button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: Retry

Represents the caption of the Yes button in the XtraMessageBox. Return value: Yes

Contains values specifying the inplace editor types.

This member supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your code.

Serves as the base for , , , and classes.

Creates a new object.

Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items.

A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items.

Gets or sets the control's background color.

A value that specifies the control's background color.

Locks the BaseListBoxControl object by preventing visual updates of the object and its elements until the EndUpdate method is called.

Unlocks the BaseListBoxControl object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update.

Gets or sets column width.

An integer value representing column width in pixels.

Gets or sets the data source whose data is displayed by a list box control.

A data source object whose data is displayed by the list box control.

Occurs immediately after the property value has been changed.

The default value for the property. Returns false.

[To be supplied]

Gets or sets a field name in the bound data source whose contents are to be displayed by the list box control.

A string value specifying a field name in a data source.

Occurs immediately after the list box control display member has been changed.

Provides the ability to custom paint items displayed within the list box control.

Unlocks the BaseListBoxControl object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Returns the index of the specified item.

An object which represents an item whose index is returned. An integer value which specifies the item's position within the collection. -1 if the item isn't found.

Searches for the first list box item in the specified direction from the specified index, using a cusom algorithm.

An integer value providing the zero-based index of the start item. true to search to the end of the item list; false to search to the beginning of the item list. A delegate that is called when searching for a list box item. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found.

Finds the first item in the list box control starting with the specified string.

A string value representing the search text. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found.

Finds the first item in the list box control which starts with the specified string. The search starts at a starting index specified by the parameter.

A string value providing the search text. An integer value providing the zero-based index of the start item. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found.

Searches for the first list box item in the specified direction from the specified index, and starting with a specific string.

A string value representing the search text. An integer value providing the zero-based index of the start item. true to search to the end of the item list; false to search to the beginning of the item list. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found.

Finds the first item which matches the specified string exactly.

A string value specifying the search text. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item to be searched. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found.

Finds the first item in the list box control which matches the specified string exactly.

A string value specifying the search text. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the first item found. -1 if no item is found.

Forces the control to finish its initialization.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets an item's display value.

A zero-based integer specifying the item by its position within the collection. An object representing the item's value. The String.Empty value if the item index provided is invalid.

Gets an item at the specified position.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of an item to be returned. An object representing an item at the specified position. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is found.

Gets the boundaries of the specified item.

A zero-based integer value which specifies the item's index. A structure which represents the specified item's boundaries.

Gets the text string displayed by the item.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item. A string value representing the text displayed within the item. String.Empty if no item is found.

Gets the specified item's value.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item whose value is returned. An object representing the specifyed item's value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is found.

Specifies whether selected and hot-tracked items are skinned.

A value that specifies whether selected and hot-tracked items are skinned.

Gets or sets whether a horizontal scroll bar is enabled when the control's items are displayed in a single column and some of them exceed the control's width.

true if horizontal scrolling is enabled in single column display mode; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the offset by which the control is scrolled horizontally when the scrollbar buttons are clicked. This property is in effect in single column display mode, when the property is set to true.

An integer value specifying the horizontal scrolling step in pixels.

Gets the zero-based index of the currently hot-tracked item.

The zero-based index of the currently hot-tracked item.

Gets or sets whether the items are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer moves over them.

true if the items are hot-tracked; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets how items are selected when item hot-tracking is enabled.

A value that specifies how items are selected.

Gets or sets a collection of images to be inserted into the display text of the control's items. This property is in effect when using the HTML formatting feature.

A object that stores a collection of images.

Gets or sets whether incremental searching for items is enabled.

true if incremental searching for items is enabled; otherwise, false.

Returns the index of an item at specified coordinates.

A structure containing the coordinates used to obtain the item index. An integer value representing the zero-based index of an item at specified coordinates. -1 if no item is found.

Gets a value indicating whether the list box control is being loaded.

true if the list box control is being loaded; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the current BaseListBoxControl is locked by the method.

true, if the BaseListBoxControl is locked; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the height of items is automatically calculated to fit their entire content.

true, if item height is automatically calculated; otherwise, false.

Gets the number of elements contained in the collection of the list box control.

An integer value representing the number of elements contained in the collection.

Gets or sets an item's height.

An integer value representing an item's height in pixels.

Gets or sets the horizontal scroll position.

A zero-based integer value that specifies the horizontal scroll position.

Makes the specified item visible on-screen if it is currently invisible.

An integer value representing the item's zero-based index.

Provides the ability to change an individual item's height.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the items are displayed in columns.

true if the items are displayed in columns; otherwise, false.

Selects all items when multiple item selection is enabled.

Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item in the list box control. -1 if no item is selected.

Occurs after the selection has been changed. [focus has been moved from one item to another]

Gets a collection containing the indexes of all currently selected items in the list box control.

A SelectedIndexCollection object representing the collection of all currently selected items in the control.

Gets or sets the currently selected item.

An object representing the list box control's currently selected item.

Gets currently selected items.

A SelectedItemCollection object containing currently selected items.

Gets or sets the currently selected item's value.

An object representing the currently selected item's value. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no item is selected.

Occurs after a value of the selected item has been changed.

Gets or sets how list box items are selected.

A SelectionMode enumeration member specifying the list box control's selection behavior.

Assigns a new value to the specified item.

An object representing a new value to be assigned to the specified item. An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item to which a new value is assigned.

Sets the specified item's selection state.

The zero-based index of the item whose selection state will be changed. true to select the item; false to unselect the item.

Gets or sets whether hovering over items selects the item being hovered over (modifies the control's property).

true if item being hovered over is automatically selected; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed.

A value that specifies whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed.

Gets or sets the sort order for the list box control.

A SortOrder enumeration member specifying the order in which items in the list box control are sorted.

This property is not supported by the BaseListBoxControl class.

A string value.

Gets or sets the index of the first visible item in the list box control.

An integer value specifying the zero-based index of the top visible item.

Unselects all items when multiple item selection is enabled.

Gets or sets whether the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state.

true if the control is painted grayed out, when it's in the disabled state; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the field name in the bound data source whose contents are assigned to item values.

A string value specifying a field name in the data source.

Occurs after the property value has been changed.

Represents a button control.

Creates a new object.

Gets or sets whether the button can be focused.

true if the button can be focused; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the current SimpleButton icon should be painted with the button's fore color.

A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the current SimpleButton's icon should be painted with the button's fore color.

Gets or sets whether the current SimpleButton's caption can be formatted using HTML-tags.

true if the current SimpleButton's caption can be formatted using HTML-tags; otherwise, false.

This member is not supported for the SimpleButton control. Use the property instead.

A Boolean value.

Gets or sets whether the control's width is changed to display the control's content in its entirety. This property is in effect when the control resides within a .

true if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets the SimpleButton's view information.

A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.SimpleButtonViewInfo object that provides view information on all SimpleButton elements.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the button.

A enumeration member specifying the image alignment.

Gets or sets the button's image.

An object representing the image to be displayed on the button.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the button.

A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment.

Gets or sets the index of the image displayed on the button.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the image displayed on the button.

Gets or sets the source of images to be displayed within the button.

An object that is the source of images to be displayed within the button.

Specifies the alignment of the button's image relative to its text.

A value that specifies the alignment of the button's image.

Gets or sets whether the dotted focus rectangle is displayed within the SimpleButton when it has focus.

The value that specifies whether the dotted focus rectangle is displayed within the SimpleButton when it has focus.

Starts the animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the button.

Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the button.

Gets or sets the text string displayed within the button control.

A string value representing the button's caption.

Represents an editor which allows you to display custom controls in its popup window.

Creates an instance of the class.

Validates the editor.

A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window should be closed. true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false.

Gets the editor type name.

The 'PopupContainerEdit' string always.

Gets settings specific to the current object.

An object containing settings specific to the current editor.

Enables you to specify the textual representation of the editor's value.

Fires before closing the popup window enabling you to modify the edit value.

Opens the popup window.

Represents a popup panel for a editor.

Creates an instance of the class.

Gets the manner in which the control is docked.

The DockStyle.None value always.

Gets the editor which displays the current popup control.

The object displaying the current popup control; null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if the popup control is not associated with an editor.

Provides access to the owning editor's repository item.

A object containing settings of the editor whose popup window displays this control.

Gets or sets whether the user can focus this control using the TAB key.

false always.

Gets or sets whether the popup control is visible.

false always.

Serves as the base for editors displaying popup windows.

Creates a new instance of the PopupBaseEdit class.

Indicates whether a mouse click should close this editor's popup window.

A object representing the clicked control. A structure specifying the mouse pointer coordinates. true if the popup window should remain opened after clicking; otherwise, false.

Closes the popup window discarding the changes made.

Allows you to perform specific actions with respect to how the popup window was closed.

Closes the popup window accepting the changes made.

Enables you to specify whether the modifications performed within the editor's popup window should be accepted by the editor.

Gets a value indicating whether the editor has input focus.

true if the editor or its popup window has focus; otherwise, false.

Gets the editor's type name.

The 'PopupBaseEdit' string always.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Indicates whether a key should be processed by the editor or passed to its container control.

A object specifying the key combination. true if the key should be processed by the editor; otherwise, false

Gets a value indicating whether the popup window is open.

true if the popup window is open; otherwise, false.

Occurs after the editor's popup window has been opened.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the current PopupBaseEdit's closing behavior.

A PopupCloseMode enumerator value that specifies the current PopupBaseEdit's closing behavior.

Gets settings specific to the popup editor.

The repository item containing settings specific to the popup editor.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to close the popup window will succeed.

Enables you to specify whether an attempt to open the popup window will succeed.

Updates the editor's value by copying a value from the editor's popup window to .

Opens the popup window.

Serves as a base for and classes.

Creates a new object.

A object representing buttons displayed within the control.

Gets the button at the specified index.

An integer value representing the button's zero-based index. If negative or exceeds the maximum available index, an exception is raised. A object representing the button at the specified position within the collection.

Represents an individual button displayed within the DataNavigator or ControlNavigator .

Creates a new object.

A NavigatorButtonHelper object implementing the button's functionality.

Gets the button's type.

A enumeration member specifying the button's type.

Indicates whether data records are scrolled repeatedly when this button is held down.

true if data records are scrolled repeatedly when this button is held down; otherwise, false if one click on this button per record scrolled.

Tests whether the object should be persisted.

true if the object should be persisted; otherwise, false.

Serves as a base for and classes.

Gets or sets whether the control adjusts its size automatically, to display its buttons in their entirety.

true if the control adjusts its size automatically to display its buttons in their entirety; otherwise, false.

Enables you to perform custom actions when end-users click navigator buttons.

Gets or sets the navigator buttons' style.

A enumeration member specifying the style applied to the navigator buttons.

Gets the collection of custom buttons.

A object which represents the collection of custom buttons.

Gets the minimum size that can be applied to the navigator.

A object representing the minimum size of the rectangular region that can be occupied by the navigator.

Provides control over exceptional situations which might occur while navigating/editing records using the data navigator.

Gets or sets a value which specifies whether the navigator can display hints.

true if the navigator can display hints; otherwise false.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can move focus to a navigator using the TAB key.

true if the user can move focus to the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying the location of the text displayed within the navigator.

A enumeration member specifying the text location.

Gets or sets the string displayed within the control which identifies the current record and the total number of records.

A string displayed within the Navigator control.

Returns the object which contains internal information used to render the control.

A object which contains internal information used to render the control.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

The event sender (typically the list box control). A object that contains data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A object that specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint an item. This value is assigned to the property. A structure which specifies the painted item's boundaries. This value is assigned to the property. An object representing the value of the processed item. This value is assigned to the property. A zero-based integer specifying the item's index. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies the item's current state. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the item currently being processed.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the item.

Gets the bounding rectangle of the item being painted.

A structure specifying the painted item's boundaries.

Gets an object which specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes.

A object that specifies the storage for the most used pens, fonts and brushes.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets an object used to paint an item.

A object used when painting.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether default painting is required.

true if default painting is prohibited; otherwise false.

Gets the index of the item being painted.

An integer value representing the zero-based index of the item being painted.

Gets the value of the processed item.

An object representing the value of the processed item.

Gets the state of the item being painted.

A enumeration member specifying the current state of an item being painted.

Represents the ListBoxControl control.

Creates a new object.

Provides access to the item collection, when the control is not bound to a data source.

A object representing items within the list box control.

Represents the image list box control.

Creates a new object.

Gets the text representing the item.

An integer value specifying the item's zero-based index. The text representing the item. String.Empty if no item is found.

A combo box editor whose items can display images along with text captions.

Creates an instance of the image combo box editor.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

The object representing the edit value.

Gets settings specific to the image combo box editor.

The object containing settings for the current editor.

Gets or sets the selected item.

A selected item.

Locates the first item with the specified description and selects it.

A string value that specifies the item description.

Gets or sets the text displayed in the edit box.

The string displayed in the edit box.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

The object representing the edit value.

Holds settings for buttons displayed in a control.

Creates a new object.

An object implementing the INavigatorOwner interface to which the object belongs. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets the button used to insert a new record.

A object representing the navigator's Append button.

Gets the button used to cancel edits to the current record.

A object representing the navigator's CancelEdit button.

Gets the object which manages a list of binding objects.

A object used to keep data-bound controls synchronized with each other.

This method supports the .NET framework infrastructure and is not intended to be called in your code.

Gets the button used to post edited record values to the associated data source.

A object representing the navigator's EndEdit button.

Gets the button used to set the current record to the first record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's First button.

Gets the button used to set the current record to the last record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's Last button.

Gets the button used to set focus to the next record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's Next button.

Gets the button used to change current record position in a data source by the property value.

A object representing the navigator's NextPage button.

Gets or sets the number of records to which the current record changes after the PrevPage or NextPage button has been pressed.

An integer value specifying the number of records to which the current record changes after the PrevPage or NextPage button has been pressed.

Gets the button used to set focus to the previous record in a data source.

A object representing the navigator's Prev button.

Gets the button used to change current record position in a data source by the property value.

A object representing the navigator's PrevPage button.

Gets the button used to delete the current record.

A object representing the navigator's Remove button.

Represents the DataNavigator's button collection.

Creates a new object.

A object representing buttons displayed within the DataNavigator control. This value is assigned to the property.

The DataNavigator control.

Creates a new object.

Gets the data navigator's buttons.

A object representing the data navigator's buttons.

Gets or sets the data source member whose data is manipulated by the DataNavigator control.

A string value representing the data source member.

Gets or sets a data source for the DataNavigator control.

A data source object whose data is managed by the data navigator.

Gets or sets the position which the data navigator points to in the underlying data source.

A zero-based integer which specifies a position in the underlying data source.

Occurs after a position in the underlying data source has been changed.

Represents a combo box editor, which allows you to edit values by selecting items from a dropdown list.

Creates and initializes a new instance of the class.

Provides the ability to custom paint the items displayed within the combo box editor's drop down.

Occurs when drawing a specific item in the dropdown list.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Specifies the edit value of the editor.

The object representing the edit value.

Gets settings specific to the combo box editor.

A object containing settings for the current editor.

Resets the selection and caret position in the editor.

Gets or sets the index of the selected item.

The zero-based index of the edit value in the collection; otherwise, -1.

Occurs when changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor.

Specifies the editor's value.

The editor's value.

Occurs when changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor.

Represents a checked list box control.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Gets the text representing the item.

An integer value specifying the item's zero-based index. The text representing the item. String.Empty if no item is found.

Represents the base class for editors that work with binary large object (BLOB) data.

Creates a new instance of the PopupBaseEdit class.

Gets the current editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets an object containing settings specific to the BLOB editor.

A object instance containing settings for the BLOB editor.

Serves as the base for controls which cannot be used as inplace editors and supports a common style management mechanism.

Initializes an instance of the class.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the control's contents.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the control's contents.

Gets or sets the background color of the control's client region.

A structure specifying the background color of the control's client region.

This event is not supported by the BaseStyleControl class.

Gets or sets the font used to display the control's content.

A object specifying the font used to display the control's content.

This event is not supported by the BaseStyleControl class.

Gets or sets the control's foreground color.

A structure specifying the color used to display the control's text.

This event is not supported by the BaseStyleControl class.

Resets the property back to its default value.

Resets the property to its default value.

Serves as the base for editors that provide spin buttons used to modify edit values.

Creates a new object.

Closes the pop-up associated with the current BaseSpinEdit-derived control without saving the current value.

Occurs when the BaseSpinEdit-derived control's pop-up was successfully closed.

Saves the current value and closes the pop-up associated with the BaseSpinEdit-derived control.

Occurs when the BaseSpinEdit-derived control's pop-up is about to close.

Gets the editor's class name.

A System.String object identifying the editor's class name.

Occurs each time a BaseSpinEdit control's pop-up was displayed.

Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to the spin editor.

A object instance containing settings specific to the spin editor.

Occurs when the BaseSpinEdit control's pop-up window is to be closed.

Occurs each time a BaseSpinEdit control's pop-up is to be displayed.

This method is not supported for BaseSpinEdit-derived controls.

Attempts to display the BaseSpinEdit control's pop-up window.

Implements the functionality common for all controls in the library.

Creates an instance of the class.

Gets or sets whether HTML formatting is allowed in the control's regular tooltips.

A value that specifies whether HTML formatting is allowed in the control's regular tooltips.

When a control is added to a , this property specifies whether the control's width is changed to display its content in its entirety. This member is supported by individual descendant of the BaseControl class.

true if auto-size mode is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the control's border style.

A enumeration value specifying the control's border style.

Calculates the minimum size the control needs to be to contain its contents.

A System.Drawing.Size object representing the minimum size of the control that will best fit its content.

Returns an object which implements the accessibility information.

A BaseAccessibility object.

Returns the object which contains the internal information used to render the control.

A descendant which contains the internal information used to render the control.

Gets a value indicating whether the control is currently in design mode.

true if the control is in design mode; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the control is being initialized.

true if the control is being initialized; otherwise, false.

Provides access to the object containing the control's look and feel settings.

A object containing the control's look and feel settings.

Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls.

Removes the object that has been assigned to the current control.

Gets or sets whether a tooltip should be displayed when the mouse pointer is over the control.

true to display tooltips; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style controller component that provides style settings for this control.

An object that implements the interface which provides style settings for the current control.

Gets or sets a for the current control.

A object associated with the control.

Gets or sets a regular tooltip's content.

A string which specifies the text content of a regular tooltip.

Gets or sets the tooltip controller component that controls the appearance, position and content of hints displayed for this control.

The component controlling the appearance and behavior of hints displayed for this control.

Gets or sets the type of the tooltip icon.

A enumeration value.

Gets or sets a regular tooltip's title.

A value which specifies a regular tooltip's title.

Contains values specifying the type of buttons displayed in the data navigator control.

Inserts a new record after the last one.

Cancels edits to the current record.

Reserved for future use.

Sets the dataset to the edit state.

Posts edited record value to the associated data source.

Sets the current record to the first record in the data source.

Sets the current record to the last record in the data source.

Sets the current record to the next record in the data source.

When using the DataNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the property value upwards. In case of the ControlNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the count of visible onscreen records upwards.

Sets the current record to the previous record in the data source.

When using the DataNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the property value backwards. In case of the ControlNavigator, changes the current record position in a data source by the count of visible onscreen records backwards.

Deletes the current record and makes the next record the current record.

A menu item that allows you to embed an editor in a .

Initializes a new DXEditMenuItem class instance with the specified settings.

A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. An event handler that will be invoked when the editor's value is changed. This value is assigned to the event. An item's image. This parameter initializes the property. An item's image to be displayed when the item is disabled. This parameter initializes the property. An integer value that is the editor's width. This parameter initializes the property. An integer value that is the editor's height. This parameter initializes the property.

Initializes a new DXEditMenuItem class instance with the specified settings.

A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property.

Initializes a new DXEditMenuItem class instance with the specified settings.

Initializes a new DXEditMenuItem instance with the default settings.

Initializes a new DXEditMenuItem class instance with the specified settings.

A string value that specifies the item's caption. This parameter initializes the property. A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties. This parameter initializes the property. An item's image. This parameter initializes the property. An item's image to be displayed when the item is disabled. This parameter initializes the property.

Gets or sets the object that determines the editor's type and contains its properties.

A descendant that determines the editor's type and contains its properties.

Specifies the editor's value.

An object that is the editor's value.

Occurs after the property's value has been changed.

Gets or sets the editor's height.

An integer value that is the editor's height.

Gets or sets the editor's width.

An integer value that is the editor's widhth.

Provides properties that allow you to customize the behavior of a peek panel, assigned to the control.

Initializes a new instance of the PopupPanelOptions class with the specified settings.

A object that owns the newly created PopupPanelOptions object.

Copies all settings from the target object to this PopupPanelOptions.

A object whose property values should be copied to this PopupPanelOptions.

Gets or sets the display location for the assigned to this .

A TokenEditPopupPanelLocation enumerator value that is the display location for the assigned to this .

Resets all PopupPanelOptions properties to their default values.

Gets or sets which end-user actions cause the flyout panel to be displayed.

A TokenEditPopupPanelShowMode enumerator value that specifies which end-user actions cause the flyout panel to be displayed.

Gets or sets whether the assigned to the editor's property should be displayed.

true, if the assigned to the editor's property should be displayed; otherwise, false.

Contains values that specify if and when a control's TabMiddleClick event fires.

The default behavior. For the , this option is equivalent to None.

A TabMiddleClick event fires on pressing the middle mouse button over a tab (before the button is released).

A TabMiddleClick event fires on clicking the middle mouse button over a tab (after the button is released).

A TabMiddleClick event does not fire.

Represents a control that provides the search and filter functionality for the attached object.

Initializes a new instance of the SearchControl class with the default settings.

Gets or sets an object through which a search is performed.

An object through which a search is performed.

Returns the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the SearchControl.

A object that contains settings for the SearchControl.

Enables you to specify the attached object's columns through which a search is performed.

Represents a storage for the settings specific to the .

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemSearchControl class with the default settings.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemSearchControl class.

Gets or sets whether a search is automatically performed on typing text.

true, if a search is automatically performed on typing text; otherwise, false.

Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one.

A object or its descendant that represents the source of the operation.

Starts the control's runtime initialization.

Provides access to the collection of buttons in the current .

The SearchControlButtonCollection object that represents the collection of objects.

Gets or sets an object through which a search is performed.

An object through which a search is performed.

Creates the default buttons (Search, Clear and MRU).

Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Ends the control's runtime initialization.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemSearchControl class.

Gets of sets the comparison operator used to perform the search request.

A enumeration value that specifies the comparison operator.

Gets or sets the delay for a search performed automatically on typing text.

A System.Int32 value that specifies the delay for an automatically performed search.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemSearchControl class.

Gets or sets the text displayed grayed out when the search box is empty.

The text displayed grayed out when the search box is empty.

Gets or sets whether the text specified by the property is displayed when the editor contains an empty string.

true, if the text is displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets the editor that owns the current repository item object.

A editor that owns the current repository item.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemSearchControl class.

Enables you to specify the attached object's columns through which a search is performed.

Gets or sets whether the Clear Button is displayed in the

true, if the Clear Button is displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the mode in which the Search and Clear buttons are displayed.

A ShowDefaultButtonsMode enumeration value that specifies the mode in which the Search and Clear buttons are displayed.

Gets or sets whether the dropdown button that invokes a list of most recently used search requests is displayed.

true, if the dropdown button that invokes a list of most recently used search requests is displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or set whether the Search Button is displayed in the .

true, if the Search Button is displayed; otherwise, false.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemSearchControl class.

Contains settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit class with the default settings.

Copies all settings from the target to this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit object.

A object whose settings are to be copied to this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit object.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets the current mode.

A enumerator value that specifies the current mode.

Gets whether the method will take effect if called.

true, if the method will take effect if called; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the method will take effect if called.

true, if the method will take effect if called; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the method will take effect if used at the moment.

true if the method will take effect if used at the moment; otherwise, false.

Returns the \ character that is the default path separator for a control.

Return value: \.

Returns the editor type name.

Return value: BreadCrumbEdit.

Returns a collection that contains all nodes owned by this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit.

A ReadOnlyCollection that stores all s owned by this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit.

Gets the object that stores the navigation history for this .

A BreadCrumbHistory object that stores navigation history for this .

Gets the position within a collection occupied by the currently used .

An Int32 value that is the position within a collection occupied by the currently used .

Navigates to the previous within the collection.

Navigates to the next object within the collection.

Navigates to the currently selected node's parent node.

Occurs whenever a node's drop-down list is hidden.

Provides access to a object that stores the navigation history for this .

A object that stores the navigation history for this .

Gets or sets the position of an image within the collection that should serve as the default glyph for all non-root nodes.

An Int32 value that is the position of an image within the collection that should serve as the default glyph for all non-root nodes.

Gets or sets the image collection assigned to this .

An Object that is the image collection assigned to this .

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Occurs each time a new node is about to be added to this .

Occurs whenever a node owned by this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit changes.

Fires when a node from this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit's collection is clicked.

Gets or sets the maximum row number a node's drop-down list can occupy.

An Int32 value that is the maximum row number a node's drop-down list can occupy.

Provides access to all nodes owned by this control.

A BreadCrumbNodeCollection that stores nodes owned by this control.

Gets the editor that owns this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit.

A that owns this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit.

Gets or sets the nodes sequence currently visible within this .

A String value that is the nodes sequence currently visible within this .

Occurs whenever a 's path was changed.

Occurs when a path to which the RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit was about to navigate does not pass validation.

Gets or sets the character used to separate node values in a path string.

A String value that is the character used to separate node values in a path string.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Occurs when an end-user clicks a node's drop-down button before child nodes for this node are displayed. Allows you to dynamically populate this node.

Gets or sets whether the corresponding control's value can be edited at runtime.

false, if the corresponding control's value can be edited at runtime; otherwise, true.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

[To be supplied]

Gets or sets the image used by this 's root node.

An Image that is this 's root node glyph.

Fires when the root node's glyph is clicked.

Gets or sets the index of an image within the collection that should be used as a root node glyph.

An Int32 value that is the index of an image within the collection that should be used as a root node glyph.

Gets or sets the last currently selected in this .

A object that is the last node currently selected in this .

Fires when this RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit's changes.

Occurs each time an end-user clicks empty space within this .

Sets a with the target index as the current history item.

An Int32 value that is the specific 's position within a parent collection.

Occurs after a node drop-down is shown completely.

Gets or sets whether the root glyph should be displayed.

true, if the root glyph should be displayed; otherwise, false.

Fires when the User Action Menu is about to be displayed.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Occurs each time the has to navigate to an unknown node.

A Breadcrumb Editor.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbEdit class with the default settings.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Returns the editor type name.

Returns the "BreadCrumbEdit" string value.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code. Please use the property instead.

Gets whether this BreadCrumbEdit currently has an expanded node.

true if this BreadCrumbEdit currently has an expanded node; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the current nodes path within this BreadCrumbEdit, starting from a root to the last node visible.

A String value that is the textual representation of the current BreadCrumbEdit nodes path.

Occurs each time the current BreadCrumbEdit path changes.

Provides access to the main BreadCrumbEdit settings.

A object that stores settings that specify the BreadCrumbEdit look and behavior.

Selects the entire BreadCrumbEdit path when this BreadCrumbEdit is in Edit mode.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

A method that will handle the event.

The method for handling the event, which takes a object as a parameter.

The event source. Identifies the tab control that raised the event. A object that contains event data.

Provides data for the event.

Initializes a new HeaderButtonEventArgs class instance with the specified button and page.

A currently processed button. The parameter initializes the property. A currently processed page. The parameter initializes the property.

Gets an active tab page within the tab control.

An IXtraTabPage object that is an active tab page.

Gets the currently processed header button.

A TabButtons item that is the currently processed header button.

Gets or sets whether the event has been handled, and no default processing is required.

true if the default event processing is not required; otherwise, false.

A method that will handle the event.

The method for handling the event, which takes a object as a parameter.

The event source. Identifies the tab control that raised the event. A object that contains event data.

Represents the class which stores settings specific to the control.

Initializes a new instance of the RepositoryItemCheckedComboBoxEdit class.

Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items.

A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format the text of the control's items.

Gets or sets whether multiple items can be selected simultaneously in the dropdown.

true if multiple items can be selected simultaneously in the dropdown; otherwise, false.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Copies settings from the specified object to the current RepositoryItemCheckedComboBoxEdit object, allowing you to select whether data-related settings should be copied.

A source repository item object. true to copy data-related settings; otherwise, false.

Forcibly nullifies the internal data adapter. Call this method before you dynamically provide a data source for the current repository item within a ShownEditor event handler.

Gets or sets the data source whose items are displayed in the control's dropdown.

A data source whose items are displayed in the control's dropdown.

Fires when assigning a new object to the property.

Gets or sets a field name in the bound data source whose contents are to be displayed by the control's check items.

A string value specifying a field name in a data source.

Fires when assigning a new value to the property.

Gets or sets the number of visible items in the dropdown window.

An integer that specifies the number of visible items in the dropdown window.

Gets the class name of an editor corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Gets of sets whether the edit value is represented by the string of character-separated values (the default behavior) or by the System.Collections.Generic.List object.

An EditValueTypeCollection enumeration value that specifies the type in which the edit value is represented.

Gets or sets whether the check states of check items in the dropdown are automatically changed according to the new edit value.

A value that specifies check item synchronization mode.

Returns an object that specifies checked items.

An object that specifies checked items.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Enables you to disable specific items.

Returns items from the collection. In bound mode, this method populates the item collection before returning it.

A object that contains items.

Specifies how selected items are highlighted within the control's popup window.

A value that specifies how selected items are highlighted.

Gets or sets whether the incremental search feature is enabled.

true if the incremental search feature is enabled; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets the collection of check items to be displayed in the dropdown.

A collection.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemCheckedComboBoxEdit class.

Provides the capability to change the height of an individual item.

Gets or sets the control to display in the popup window. This member is not supported by the RepositoryItemCheckedComboBoxEdit class.

A object.

This event is not supported by the RepositoryItemCheckedComboBoxEdit class.

Gets or sets whether the 'Select All' check item is visible.

A string that specifies the 'Select All' item's caption.

Gets or sets whether the 'Select All' check item is visible.

true if the 'Select All' item is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the character separating checked items in the edit value, and the resultant text displayed in the edit box.

A separator character.

Creates items in the dropdown to represent elements of the specified set of flags.

A object that specifies the enumeration type representing a bit field (set of flags).

Gets or sets the 'Select All' check item's caption.

A string that specifies the 'Select All' item's caption.

Gets or sets whether the 'Select All' check item is visible.

true if the 'Select All' item is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the OK and Cancel buttons in the dropdown are visible.

true if the OK and Cancel buttons in the dropdown are visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for dropdown items whose text is trimmed.

A value that specifies whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed.

Gets or sets whether changing a CheckedComboBoxEdit control's edit value updates the check states of the control's items.

true if the editor's edit value and items in the dropdown are in sync; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the field name in the bound data source whose contents are assigned to item values.

A string value specifying a field name in the data source.

Fires when assigning a new value to the property.

An editor that displays a check item list in its drop-down window.

Initializes a new instance of the CheckedComboBoxEdit class.

Checks all the control's items.

Validates the editor.

A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false.

Gets the editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the editor's edit value.

An object that represents the editor's edit value.

Enables you to disable specific items.

Provides the capability to change the height of an individual item.

Gets an object which contains properties, methods and events specific to the control.

A object that contains a control's settings.

This event is not supported by the CheckedComboBoxEdit class.

Synchronizes the editor's edit value with check items in the dropdown, checking and unchecking corresponding items.

Assigns the specified value to the editor.

An object that specifies the value to be assigned to the editor.

A node within a control.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNode class with the specified settings.

A String value that is the newly created node's caption. A String value that is the newly created node's value. true, if this node should raise the event when an end-user clicks its drop-down button; otherwise, false.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNode class with the default settings.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNode class with the specified settings.

A String value that is the newly created node's caption. A String value that is the newly created node's value.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNode class with the specified settings.

A String value that is the newly created BreadCrumbNode's caption.

Gets or sets this BreadCrumbNode's caption.

A String value that is this BreadCrumbNode's caption.

Gets the child nodes collection for this BreadCrumbNode.

A BreadCrumbNodeCollection that contains child BreadCrumbNode for this BreadCrumbNode.

Copies this BreadCrumbNode with or without its child nodes.

true, if the newly created BreadCrumbNode should contain same nodes in its collection as the source BreadCrumbNode; otherwise, false. A BreadCrumbNode that is this BreadCrumbNode's clone.

Copies this BreadCrumbNode.

A BreadCrumbNode that is the target BreadCrumbNode's clone.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets whether this BreadCrumbNode equals the target object.

An Object to compare with this BreadCrumbNode. true, if this BreadCrumbNode equals the target object; otherwise, false.

Gets a node that belongs to this BreadCrumbNode's collection and stores the specific path within its property.

A String value that is the property value for the returned node. A BreadCrumbNode that belongs to this BreadCrumbNode's collection and stores the specific path within its property.

Gets the integer hash code that corresponds to the current BreadCrumbNode object's value.

An Int32 value that is this BreadCrumbNode's hash code.

Gets the image currently displayed as this BreadCrumbNode's glyph.

An Image currently displayed as this BreadCrumbNode's glyph.

Gets the current BreadCrumbNode value.

A String value that is the current BreadCrumbNode value.

Gets or sets the index of an image from the collection that should be used as this ImageIndex glyph.

An Int32 value that is the index of an image from the collection that should be used as this ImageIndex glyph.

Gets this BreadCrumbNode's position within its parent node collection.

An Int32 value that is this BreadCrumbNode's position within its parent node collection.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets whether this BreadCrumbNode object is a parent node for the target BreadCrumbNode object.

A BreadCrumbNode object to be checked. true if this BreadCrumbNode object is a parent node for the target BreadCrumbNode object; otherwise, false.

Gets whether this node is a top-level node.

true, if this node is a top-level node; otherwise, false.

Gets the BreadCrumbNode that follows this BreadCrumbNode in its parent node collection.

A BreadCrumbNode that follows this BreadCrumbNode in its parent node collection.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets this BreadCrumbNode's parent BreadCrumbNode.

A BreadCrumbNode that contains this BreadCrumbNode in its collection.

Gets or sets this BreadCrumbNode's path.

A String value that is this BreadCrumbNode's path.

Gets or sets whether this BreadCrumbNode is constantly visible at runtime.

true, if this BreadCrumbNode is constantly visible at runtime; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether this BreadCrumbNode can raise the event.

true, if this BreadCrumbNode can raise the event; otherwise, false.

Gets a BreadCrumbNode that precedes this BreadCrumbNode in its node collection.

A BreadCrumbNode that precedes this BreadCrumbNode in its node collection.

Provides access to the main BreadCrumbNode settings.

A RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit object that stores the main BreadCrumbNode settings.

Gets or sets whether this BreadCrumbNode's caption is visible.

true, if this BreadCrumbNode's caption is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the tag associated with this BreadCrumbNode.

An Object associated with this BreadCrumbNode.

Gets the textual representation of this BreadCrumbNode.

A String value that is this BreadCrumbNode's textual representation.

Gets or sets this BreadCrumbNode's value.

A String value that is thie BreadCrumbNode's value.

A s collection.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNodeCollection class with the default settings.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNodeCollection class with the specified settings.

A that will own the newly created BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbNodeCollection class with the specified settings.

A RepositoryItemBreadCrumbEdit object related with the newly created BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Adds the specific node to this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

A to be added to this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Adds multiple nodes to this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

s to be added to this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Occurs each time a was added or removed to (from) the BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Gets whether this BreadCrumbNodeCollection contains the target node.

A to be checked. true, if this BreadCrumbNodeCollection contains the target node; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the target is contained within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection or any of its items' collections.

A to search for. true, if the search should be extended to the BreadCrumbNodeCollection items' child collections; otherwise, false. true, if the target was found; otherwise, false.

Returns the with a specific value, if such a node exists within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection, or within any collection of BreadCrumbNodeCollection collection's items.

A String value that is the searched node's property value. true, if the method should check not only BreadCrumbNodeCollection items, but their collections as well; otherwise, false. A BreadCrumbNode with the specific value.

Gets the first node contained within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

A that is the first node in this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Returns the index within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

A whose position within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection is to be obtained. An Int32 value that is the index within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Gets whether this BreadCrumbNodeCollection contains a at the specific position.

An Int32 value that is a node position to be checked. true, if this BreadCrumbNodeCollection contains a at the specific position; otherwise, false.

Adds a target to this BreadCrumbNodeCollection and puts it to a specific position.

An Int32 value that specifies the position within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection where the target node should be arranged. A object to be added to this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Gets or sets whether this BreadCrumbNodeCollection is currently empty.

true, if this BreadCrumbNodeCollection is currently empty; otherwise, false.

Gets a node from this BreadCrumbNodeCollection that has the specific index within this collection.

An Int32 value that is the node index. A that occupies the specific position within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Gets the last node within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

A that is the last node within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Removes the specific node from this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

A object to be removed from this BreadCrumbNodeCollection.

Removes all nodes from this BreadCrumbNodeCollection starting from the specific position.

An Int32 value that specifies the node index within this BreadCrumbNodeCollection, starting from which all nodes should be removed from the collection.

An object that stores the previously viewed path.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbHistoryItem class with the default settings.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbHistoryItem class with the specified settings.

A String value that is the property value for the newly created BreadCrumbHistoryItem.

Duplicates the target BreadCrumbHistoryItem.

A BreadCrumbHistoryItem object that is the target BreadCrumbHistoryItem object's clone.

Compares this BreadCrumbHistoryItem with a specific object.

An Object to be compared with this BreadCrumbHistoryItem. true, if the compared object is a BreadCrumbHistoryItem with the same property value as this BreadCrumbHistoryItem; otherwise, false.

Gets the integer hash code that corresponds to the current BreadCrumbHistoryItem object's value.

An Int32 value that is the BreadCrumbHistoryItem's hash code.

Gets this BreadCrumbHistoryItem's position within its parent collection.

An Int32 value that is the BreadCrumbHistoryItem position within its parent collection.

Moves the BreadCrumbHistoryItem to the top of its parent collection.

Gets or sets the path within a control to which this BreadCrumbHistoryItem relates.

A String value that is the path within a control to which this BreadCrumbHistoryItem relates.

Gets the textual representation of this BreadCrumbHistoryItem.

A String value that represents this BreadCrumbHistoryItem object's property value.

Stores the navigation history and allows you to navigate through these records.

Initializes a new instance of the BreadCrumbHistory class with the specified settings.

A object that specifies the newly created BreadCrumbHistory's settings.

Adds the target to this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

The to be added.

Adds multiple s to this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

s to be added.

Occurs each time the BreadCrumbHistory is modified.

Determines whether this BreadCrumbHistory collection contains the target .

A to be checked. true if this BreadCrumbHistory collection contains the target ; otherwise, false.

Releases all resources used by the current BreadCrumbHistory object.

Searches this BreadCrumbHistory collection for a , related to the target path.

A String value that is the path to be checked. A whose property value equals the path parameter.

Gets the position within this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

A BreadCrumbHistoryItem whose index is to be obtained. An Int32 value that is the target 's index within this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

Adds the to this BreadCrumbHistory collection and places it at a specific position within this collection.

An Int32 value that specifies the newly added item's index within this BreadCrumbHistory collection. A to be added.

Gets whether this BreadCrumbHistory collection is currently empty.

true, if this BreadCrumbHistory collection is currently empty; otherwise, false.

Gets a that occupies a specific position within this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

An Int32 value that is the index of a within this BreadCrumbHistory collection. A that occupies a specific position within this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

Moves a containing the specific path to the end of this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

A Sting value that specifies the node path. A node whose value equals this parameter value will be re-arranged.

Provides access the a object, assigned to this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

A object, assigned to this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

Removes the specific item from this BreadCrumbHistory collection.

A to be removed.

Provides members used to label corresponding modes.

The 's path is represented as plain editable text. End users can use a keyboard to modify this path and navigate within the .

The 's path is represented as a sequence of click-able visual elements. Each element represents a and has a drop-down button that displays a drop-down list with all child nodes owned by this node.

Enumerates values that specify whether Close buttons are displayed in individual tab pages, the tab control's header, or in both.

The default behavior determined by controls. For a , the Close button within the tab control's header is displayed as specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property. Close buttons in individual pages are hidden. For a in a , the Default option is equivalent to .

Close buttons are displayed in the tab control's header, and within the active page. The visibility of the Close button within the tab control's header is specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property.

A Close button is displayed in the active page. The Close button in the control's header is hidden.

Close buttons are displayed within an active tab, and within an inactive tab when the mouse is hovered over it. The visibility of the Close buttons within the tab control's header is specified by the HeaderButtonsShowMode property.

Close buttons are displayed in all pages. The Close button in the control's header is hidden.

Close buttons are displayed in all pages and in the control's header. The visibility of the Close button within the tab control's header is specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property.

The Close button is displayed in the tab control's header, as specified by the control's HeaderButtonsShowMode property.

Obsolete. Contains settings which define the editor's behavior in masked mode.

Initializes a new class instance.

Initializes a new class instance with the specified object.

A object whose properties are copied to the properties of the created object.

Obsolete. Occurs after changes are applied to the current object.

Copies properties of the specified object to the current object.

A object whose properties are copied.

Obsolete. Gets or sets a value determining whether to produce a warning sound when an error occurs.

If true, produces a warning sound when an error occurs; otherwise, false.

Obsolete. Gets or sets a value representing blank areas within a masked editor.

A symbol representing blank areas within a masked edit.

Compares properties of the current object with properties of a specified instance.

A object whose properties are compared to the properties of the current object. true, if all properties of the current object match the properties of the specified instance; otherwise, false.

Obsolete. Gets or sets a value representing a mask expression.

A mask expression.

Obsolete. Gets or sets a value determining whether to ignore skipped positions within a mask editor.

If true, ignores skipped positions; otherwise, false.

Obsolete. Gets or sets a value specifying which mask type is used.

A enumeration value which specifies the mask type used.

Obsolete. Gets or sets a value determining whether to include literal characters in the property of the mask editor.

true, if literal characters are included into the edit value; otherwise, false.

Lists values that specify the type of mask used by an editor.

Specifies that the editor uses a custom mask manager. To implement a custom mask manager which will deal with masks in a custom manner create a custom editor and override its CreateMaskManager method. This method should then supply a custom mask manager when the property is set to Custom.

Specifies that the editor should accept date/time values and that the mask string must use the DateTime format syntax.

The DateTime mask mode with the caret automatic movement feature. After an end-user enters and completes a specific portion of a date/time value the caret automatically moves to the following part of the date/time value that can be edited.

Specifies that the mask feature is disabled.

Specifies that the editor should accept numeric values and that the mask string must use the Numeric format syntax.

Specifies that the mask should be created using full-functional regular expressions.

Specifies that the mask should be created using simplified regular expression syntax.

Specifies that the mask should use the simplified syntax.

Enumerates possible locations for an image within a control.

The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned in the center.

The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the left.

The image is vertically aligned at the bottom, and horizontally aligned on the right.

The same as MiddleLeft.

The image is centered vertically and horizontally. The control's text is not displayed in this mode.

The image is vertically centered, and horizontally aligned on the left.

The image is vertically centered, and horizontally aligned on the right.

The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned in the center.

The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the left.

The image is vertically aligned at the top, and horizontally aligned on the right.

A custom header button for tab controls.

Initializes a new CustomHeaderButton class instance with the specified kind.

A value that specifies a kind of button. This parameter initializes the property.

Initializes a new CustomHeaderButton instance.

Initializes a new CustomHeaderButton instance with the specified settings.

A value that specifies a button's kind. This parameter initializes the property. A string value that specifies a button's caption. This parameter initializes the property. An integer value that specifies a button's width. This parameter initializes the property. true if a button is enabled; otherwise, false. This parameter initializes the property. true if a button is visible; otherwise, false. This parameter initializes the property. An value that specifies a button's image alignment. This parameter initializes the property. A button's image. This parameter initializes the property. An that specifies a button's appearance. This parameter initializes the property. A string value that specifies a button's tooltip. This parameter initializes the property. An object value that specifies a button's tag. This parameter initializes the property. A object that specifies a button's extended tooltip. This parameter initializes the property. true if image transparency is supported; otherwise, false. This parameter initializes the property.

Gets a collection that owns the custom header button.

A object that is the collection that owns the current custom header button.

Gets a custom header button's index within the collection.

An integer value that is the CustomHeaderButton's index within the collection.

The property is not supported.

A custom header button collection for tab controls.

Initializes a new CustomHeaderButtonCollection class instance.

Adds a custom button to the current button collection.

A object that is the button that will be added. An integer value that is a custom button's index in the collection.

Adds an array of custom buttons to the current button collection.

A object array that consists of the buttons to be added.

Copies buttons from the specified CustomHeaderButtonCollection object to the current CustomHeaderButtonCollection object.

The object that is the source button collection.

Occurs when the current custom header buttons collection is changed.

Gets a value that specifies if a custom header button belongs to the current collection.

A object to locate in the collection. true if a custom header button belongs to the current collection; otherwise, false.

Gets the specified button's position in the current CustomHeaderButtonCollection.

The object to locate. The zero-based index of the button in the CustomHeaderButtonCollection.

Inserts a custom header button to the CustomHeaderButtonCollection at the specified index.

An integer value that is an index at which the custom header button is inserted. A object that is the custom header button to be inserted.

Gets a button from the button collection at the specified position.

The zero-based index of the button to return. A object at the specified position in the current collection.

Returns the current object's text representation.

A string value that specifies the text representation of the current object.

Gets the number of visible buttons in a button collection.

The number of visible buttons in a button collection.

A customized Page Setup dialog that reflects the application's current Look And Feel settings.

Initializes a new instance of the PageSetupEditorForm class with default settings.

Specifies the settings of a printed document page.

A object.

Specifies the response of a editor to an invalid value.

Invalid data is replaced with the value of the property.

Invalid data is replaced with the current date.

Invalid data is replaced with the previously validated date.

Contains values specifying the editor drawing detail level.

Specifies the full detail level of editor drawing. In this case editors display their buttons.

Specifies the minimum detail level of editor drawing. In this case, editor's buttons are not displayed.

Lists values specifying comparison operators used when applying conditional styles.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values fall into the range specified by the and properties.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values match the property value.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) if the evaluates to true.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are greater than that specified by the property.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are greater or equal to the property value.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are less than that specified by the property.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values are less or equal to the property value.

The style is not applied to any cell.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values fall outside of the range specified by the and properties.

The style is applied to cells (or corresponding rows) whose values do not match the property value.

Represents a single-line text editor.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets the editor's background color.

The editor's background color.

This property isn't used.

Gets a value indicating whether the previous edit operation can be undone.

true if the previous edit operation can be undone; otherwise, false.

Copies the current selection to the clipboard.

Moves the current selection in the text box to the clipboard.

Clears text box selection.

Gets the editor's class name.

The 'TextEdit' string

Gets whether the editor is active.

true if the editor is active; otherwise, false.

Returns a value indicating whether a particular key will be processed by the editor or passed to its container.

A enumeration value which specifies the key to process. true if the pressed key will be processed by the editor; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal editors library infrastructure and is not intended to be used from your code.

true if a container needs to focus the editor; otherwise, false.

Gets the text box that provides text editing functionality.

A object that represents the editor's text box.

Replaces the current selection in the text box with the contents of the clipboard.

Gets an object containing this editor's settings.

A object containing this editor's settings.

Resets selection and caret position in the editor.

Scrolls the editor's content to the current caret position.

Selects the specified number of characters in the text box starting from the point specified.

An integer value specifying the selection's start point in the text box. An integer value specifying the number of characters to select in the text box.

Selects all text within the text box.

Gets or sets the selected text.

A string value representing the selected text.

Gets or sets the number of characters selected in the text box.

An integer value specifying the number of characters selected in the text box.

Gets or sets the starting point of text selected in the text box.

An integer value specifying the starting point of text selected in the text box.

Occurs when either the UP or DOWN ARROW key is pressed or the mouse wheel is rotated.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can focus this control using the TAB key.

true if the user can focus the editor using the TAB key; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the text displayed in the edit box.

A value which specifies the editor's text.

Undoes the last edit operation in the text control.

Represents the SpinEdit control.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string value representing the editor's class name.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

An object representing the editor's value.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the spin edit control.

A object containing spin editor settings.

Gets or sets the text displayed in the control's edit box.

A string value representing the text displayed in the control's edit box.

Gets or sets a spin editor's value.

A decimal value representing the editor's value.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Represents a progress bar control.

Creates a new object.

Decreases the progress bar's position by a specified value.

An integer value to be subtracted from the progress bar's position.

Gets the editor's class name.

The string value representing the editor's class name.

Gets or sets the value representing the progress bar's current position.

An object value representing the progress bar's current position.

Increases the progress bar's current position by a specified value.

An integer value to be added to the progress bar's current position.

Changes the progress bar's position by the property value.

Gets or sets progress bar position.

An integer value representing the progress bar's current position.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to progress bar controls.

A object containing progress bar settings.

Gets or sets whether the progress is reflected in the application button in the Windows Task Bar.

true if the progress is reflected in the application button in the Windows Task Bar; otherwise, false.

Represents a picture edit control displaying images.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Stops the asynchronous image load initiated by the method.

Gets or sets a cursor displayed when a mouse pointer hovers over the PictureEdit at runtime.

A System.Windows.Forms.Cursor object displayed when a mouse pointer hovers over the PictureEdit at runtime.

Gets a value indicating whether the picture editor is focused.

true if the picture editor has focus; otherwise, false.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

An object that is the editor's value.

Gets the horizontal scrollbar.

A object which represents the horizontal scrollbar.

Sets or gets the image displayed by the editor.

A object representing the image displayed by the picture editor.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Loads the specified image, asynchronously.

The path for the image to display in the PictureEdit.

Fires when an asynchronous image load operation is completed, been canceled, or raised an exception.

Invokes the "Open File" dialog for the editor, allowing an end-user to load an image file.

Gets whether an asynchronous image load is in progress.

true if an asynchronous image load is in progress; otherwise, false.

Fires when the context menu is about to be displayed.

Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to the picture editor.

A object instance containing settings for the control.

Starts animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the editor.

Stops animation of an animated GIF file being displayed in the editor.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can tab to the picture editor.

true if the user can focus the picture editor using the TAB key; otherwise, false.

Gets a string value identifying the editor's contents (a representation of the property's value).

A value identifying the editor's contents.

Updates the position of the editor's scroll bars, taking into account relevant properties.

Gets the vertical scrollbar.

A object which represents the vertical scrollbar.

Fires when the property is changed.

Represents an image combo box editor.

Creates an image combo box editor.

Represents an extended memo edit control that allows editing memo data within its popup window.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the text lines to be displayed in the dropdown window of an extended memo edit control.

An array of lines containing the text of a memo editor.

Gets an object containing settings specific to the extended memo editor.

A object instance containing settings for the extended memo editor.

Represents a memo edit control that allows editing memo data.

Initializes a new control instance with default settings.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the lines of text within a memo edit control.

An array of strings containing the text of a memo editor.

Gets an object containing properties and methods specific to a memo editor.

A object instance containing settings for the control.

Gets or sets whether the control uses an optimized rendering mechanism.

true, if the control uses an optimized rendering mechanism; otherwise, false.

Represents an image edit control used for displaying images within the popup window.

Initializes a new control instance with default settings.

Closes the popup window.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets an object representing an image stored by the image editor.

A value representing an image stored by the image editor.

Sets or gets the image displayed by the editor.

A object representing the image displayed by the editor.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets an object containing settings specific to the image editor.

A object instance containing settings for the control.

Gets a value representing the display representation of the editor's property.

A value standing for the display representation of the editor's edited value.

Allows you to edit date/time values.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Occurs when drawing day cells in the dropdown calendar.

Gets or sets the date/time value edited within the control.

A object representing selected date/time value.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Provides the ability to custom paint day cells in the dropdown calendar.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets settings specific to the date editor.

The object containing settings specific to the date editor.

Gets the text displayed within the edit box.

The text displayed in the edit box.

Represents a combo box editor which enables editing values by selecting items from the dropdown list.

Creates and initializes a new combo box editor.

An editor which enables you to select a color from a dropdown window.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets the currently selected color.

A structure representing the currently selected color.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the selected color.

An object representing the currently selected color.

Gets settings specific to the color editor.

The object storing settings specific to the current editor.

Gets the text displayed in the edit box.

The text displayed in the edit box.

Represents a check box edit control that allows an option to be selected.

Initializes a new control instance with default settings.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check editor is checked.

true if a check editor is checked; otherwise, false.

Occurs when the property value has been changed.

Gets or sets the state of the check editor.

A enumeration value representing the check editor's state.

Occurs after the property value was changed.

Gets the editor's class name.

A object identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the check edit control's edited value.

An value representing the editor's edited value.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to a check editor.

A object instance containing settings for the control.

Enables you to provide a custom conversion of the property value to the appropriate check state.

Enables you to provide custom conversion of the current check state to the appropriate property value .

Changes the state of a check editor.

Represents an editor displaying a calculator within the dropdown window.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Validates the editor.

A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false.

Gets the current editor's class name.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

An object representing the editor's value.

Gets a object containing properties specific to the editor.

The object containing properties specific to the calc editor.

Gets or sets the text displayed in the edit box.

The string displayed in the edit box.

Gets or sets the editor's decimal value.

The editor's decimal value.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Represents a ButtonEdit control.

Initializes a new ButtonEdit control instance.

Occurs when a button editor's button is clicked.

Occurs when pressing an editor button.

Gets the class name of the current editor.

The string identifying the class name of the current editor.

Gets a value indicating whether a container needs to set focus to the editor when it works as an inplace control.

true, if a container needs to set focus to the editor; otherwise, false.

Simulates the Click event for the specified button.

An object to be clicked.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the control.

A object containing settings for the control.

Serves as the base for all editors that can be used for inplace (such as within the XtraGrid) editing.

Creates an instance of the class.

Displays the XtraEditors library's about box.

Gets or sets the default action description of the editor for use by accessibility client applications.

A string which specifies the default action description of the editor for use by accessibility client applications.

Gets or sets the description of the editor used by accessibility client applications.

A string which specifies the editor's description used by accessibility client applications.

Gets or sets the editor's name which is used by accessibility client applications.

A string which specifies the name of the editor used by accessibility client applications.

Gets or sets the editor's accessible role.

An enumeration value which represents a role for the editor.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

A System.Windows.Forms.Control object representing the control containing the current editor. A System.Drawing.Point object representing the coordinates of a mouse click. true, a mouse click is allowed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the background color of an enabled editor.

A object specifying the editor's background color when it is not disabled.

This event is not supported by the BaseEdit class.

Gets the BindingManagerBase object.

A BindingManagerBase object managing all binding controls that are bound to the same data source and data member. null (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no data source is bound.

Gets or sets the editor's border style.

A enumeration value specifying the editor's border style.

Calculates the minumum height of the editor.

The minimum height of the editor, in pixels.

For internal use.

Gets or sets the context menu for the editor.

A System.Windows.Forms.ContextMenu object representing the context menu for the editor.

Gets or sets a associated with the current control

A object that represents a shortcut menu associated with the current control.

Enables custom display text to be provided for an editor.

Gets or sets the default error icon.

A object representing the default error icon.

Specifies the default position where an error icon is displayed within editors. By default, this field returns the ErrorIconAlignment.MiddleLeft value. See to learn more.

[To be supplied]

Clears selection within the editor.

Performs editor value validation.

true if the editor value has been validated; otherwise, false.

Validates the editor.

A enumeration value that specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. true if the editor's value is valid; otherwise, false.

Tests whether the editor or its popup window has focus.

true if the editor or its popup window has focus; otherwise false.

Gets the editor's class name.

A string value identifying the editor's class name.

Gets or sets the editor's value.

An object representing the editor's value.

Fires immediately after the edit value has been changed.

Fires when the editor's value is about to be changed.

Gets or sets whether focus is moved to the next control (according to the tab order) when an end-user presses ENTER.

true if focus is moved to the next control (according to the tab order) when an end-user presses ENTER; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the error icon displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor.

A object representing the error icon.

Gets or sets the alignment of the error icon displayed within the editor, when an error is associated with the editor.

The value that specifies the error icon's alignment.

Gets or sets the error description for the editor.

A string value specifying the error description for the editor.

Gets or sets the font used to display editor contents.

A object specifying the font used to display editor contents.

This event is not supported by the BaseEdit class.

Gets or sets the editor content's foreground color.

A structure specifying the editor content's foreground color.

This event is not supported by the BaseEdit class.

Enables you to format the editor's value.

Retrieves the size of a rectangular area into which the control can be fitted.

The custom-sized area for the control. A value.

Gets or sets the inplace type of an editor.

A enumeration member specifying the editor inplace type.

Enables an appropriate response to be provided when invalid values are entered.

Gets whether the editor is active.

true if the editor is active; otherwise, false.

Gets a value indicating whether the editor is being loaded.

true if the editor is being loaded; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the editor's value has been modified since the editor last received focus or since it was last validated.

true if the editor's value has been modified; otherwise, false.

Returns a value indicating whether a particular key will be processed by the editor or passed to its container.

A object specifying the key to process. true if the pressed key will be processed by the editor; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal editors library infrastructure and is not intended to be used from your code.

true if a container control needs to focus the editor; otherwise, false.

Gets whether the specified value is the "Non-loaded Value". This property is in effect when asynchronous data binding is used.

A value to be tested. true if the specified value is the "Non-loaded Value"; otherwise, false.

Gets an object containing the editor's look and feel settings.

A object containing the editor's look and feel settings.

Gets or sets an object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus.

An object that controls the look and feel of the popup menus.

Fires when the user starts to modify the edit value.

Gets or sets the last successfully validated value.

An object representing the last value that was successfully validated.

This property is not supported by the BaseEdit class.

A Padding value.

Enables you to convert the value entered to the value that will be stored by the editor.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets an object containing properties, methods and events specific to the editors.

A object containing settings relating to all editors.

Fires immediately after any editor's property value has changed.

Fires when the help is provided to accessibility applications.

Provides ability to specify whether the key pressed in the editor is processed by the editor or a container control (, , etc.) that displays this editor.

[To be supplied]

Resets the editor's selection and cursor position.

Resets the property back to its default value.

Selects the editor's entire content.

Raises the KeyDown event.

A object providing data for the event.

Sends the specified message to the active editor.

A to be sent. A KeyPressEventArgs object that will be passed to the editor's KeyPress event.

Raises the KeyUp event.

A object providing data for the event.

Raises the event.

A structure specifying the mouse pointer coordinates. A bitwise combination of enumeration values specifying the pressed mouse buttons.

Raises the event.

A object providing data for the event.

Raises the event.

A structure that specifies the mouse pointer coordinates. A enumeration value that specifies which mouse button was pressed.

This method is used internally when using editors inplace and is not intended to be called in your code.

An object supporting the IPopupServiceControl interface.

This method supports the internal .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether an end-user can focus this control using the TAB key.

true if an end-user can focus the control using the TAB key; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the text displayed by the editor.

A string value representing the text displayed by the editor.

Represents a repository item which contains settings specific to editors.

Creates a new object with default settings.

Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor.

true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether end-users can set the editor's value to a null reference.

A value that specifies if end-users can set the editor's value to a null reference.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Occurs before the editor's context menu is displayed.

Gets or sets the character casing applied to the editor's content.

A enumeration value specifying the character casing applied.

Gets or sets a custom image displayed at the editor's left edge.

A custom image displayed at the editor's left edge.

Gets the corresponding editor's type name.

The 'TextEdit' string always.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets whether the selection is hidden when moving focus to another control.

true if the selection in the editor is hidden when moving focus to another control; otherwise, false.

Provides access to the editor's mask settings.

A object which provides the editor's mask settings.

Gets or sets the amount of space around the text box embedded in the .

A System.Windows.Forms.Padding structure that specifies the amount of space around the editor's text box.

Provides access to the object containing the editor's mask settings.

A object providing mask settings for the editor.

Gets or sets the maximum number of characters an end-user can enter into the editor.

A positive integer specifying the maximum number of characters end-users can enter. 0 to disable the text length limit.

Gets or sets the maximum number of characters in the automatically generated tooltip displayed for an in-place editor.

The maximum length of the automatically generated tooltip for an in-place editor. The default is 500.

Gets or sets the text displayed grayed, and its edit value is null or an empty string. This property is in effect for standalone editors, and is not in effect for in-place editors.

A string that specifies the text displayed grayed out when the edit value is not set to a valid value.

Gets or sets whether the text specified by the property is displayed when the editor contains an empty string.

true if the text specified by the property is displayed when the editor contains an empty string; otherwise, false.

Gets an editor which owns the current repository item.

A control that owns the current repository item.

Gets or sets the password character displayed instead of actual characters.

A character displayed instead of actual characters.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the text edit control.

The object providing settings common to the current edit control.

Gets or sets whether to display the when the current editor is focused.

true, if the is displayed when the editor is focused; otherwise, false.

Occurs when either the UP or DOWN ARROW key is pressed or the mouse wheel is rotated.

Gets or sets whether the is grayed out in the read only mode.

true, if the is grayed out in read only mode; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether password mode is active and the system password character is used to mask the editor's text.

true if password mode is active and the system password character is used to mask the editor's text; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether to invoke the event when pressing the ENTER key.

true if the event is raised when the ENTER key is pressed; otherwise, false.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Creates a new object.

Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor contents when the editor works inplace within a container control.

A enumeration member specifying the default horizontal alignment of the editor's contents.

Gets or sets an edit mask.

A string which specifies a mask expression.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor.

Gets or sets a value by which the editor's value changes each time the keyboard UP or DOWN key is pressed or the spin button is clicked.

A decimal value to be incremented to the editor's value when a user clicks a spin button or presses the keyboard UP or DOWN key.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's value is a float or integer.

true if the editor's value is a float; false if the editor's value is an integer.

Gets or sets the editor's maximum value.

A decimal value representing the editor's maximum value.

Gets or sets the editor's minimum value.

A decimal value representing the editor's minimum value.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the spin editor.

A object providing settings specific to the spin editor.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Creates a new object.

Gets a value which indicates whether the appearance settings used to paint the progress bar when it's focused can be used.

false always.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's enabled.

An object that provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's enabled.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's disabled.

An object that provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's disabled.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the current editor when it's focused.

A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceObject object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's focused.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor.

A DevExpress.Utils.AppearanceObject object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor.

Copies settings of the specified repository item.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor's content.

A enumeration value specifying the editor content's default horizontal alignment.

Gets the class name of the control corresponding to the current repository item.

A string value representing the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets the control's maximum value.

An integer value representing the maximum value.

Gets or sets the control's minimum value.

An integer value representing the minimum value.

Gets or sets a value specifying how the text representing the progress bar's current position is displayed.

true if the control's value is displayed as a percentage; false if displayed as an integer.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the ProgressBarControl.

A object providing settings specific to the progress bar.

Gets or sets a value by which a call to the method increases the control's current position.

An integer value by which the progress bar's position changes.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets whether to dispose of the control's image when the control is disposed of.

true to dispose of the current image when the control is disposed of; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether a focus rectangle is displayed within the focused picture editor.

true if a focus rectangle is displayed in the focused picture editor; otherwise, false.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether an image can be scrolled by dragging it with the mouse. This feature is in effect when scroll bars are enabled via the property.

true if an image can be scrolled by dragging it with the mouse; otherwise, false.

Copies the settings of a specific repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets a value indicating whether the auto height feature is enabled.

false always.

Gets or sets the height of the picture editor when it works as an inplace control.

An integer value specifying the height in pixels of an inplace picture editor.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Gets or sets an image displayed when an error occurs during an asynchronous image load.

The image displayed when an error occurs during an asynchronous image load.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets or sets an image displayed during an asynchronous image load.

An image displayed during an asynchronous image load.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Fires when an asynchronous image load operation is completed, been canceled, or raised an exception.

Gets or sets the amount of space, in pixels, between the control's borders and its content.

A object that contains inner indents between the control's borders and its content.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the picture editor.

A enumeration value specifying the image alignment.

Gets or sets how an image is scaled.

A value that specifies how an image is scaled.

Gets or sets how the editor stores the image pasted via the editor's context menu.

A value representing how an image loaded via the editor's context menu is stored in the edit value.

Fires when the context menu is about to be displayed.

Gets an object providing properties specific to a picture edit control.

A object instance providing settings common to a picture edit control.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the context menu is displayed when the picture editor is right-clicked.

true, if the context menu is displayed when the editor is right-clicked; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether scroll bars that allow an end-user to scroll the image are enabled.

true if scroll bars that allow an end-user to scroll the image are enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the picture editor's context menu contains zoom-related commands.

A value that specifies if the picture editor's context menu contains zoom-related commands.

Gets or sets a value specifying how the image is displayed within the picture editor.

A enumeration value specifying the size mode of the displayed image.

Gets or sets whether the is painted grayed out when it's in the disabled state.

true, if the control is painted grayed out when it's in the disabled state; otherwise, false

Gets or sets the zoom percent of the displayed image.

An integer value that specifies the zoom percent of the displayed image.

Fires when the property is changed.

Represents a repository item which provides settings specific to an image combo box control.

Creates a repository item for an image combo box editor.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether a user can insert return characters into text.

true if return characters typed within the dropdown window are accepted and processed by an extended memo editor; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether a user can insert tab characters into the editor's text.

true if tab characters typed within the dropdown window are accepted and processed by an extended memo editor; otherwise, false.

Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets an object providing properties specific to an extended memo edit control.

A object instance.

Gets or sets a value indicating which scrollbars are displayed within the editor's dropdown window.

A enumeration value indicating whether 0, 1 or 2 are displayed within the dropdown window.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the text is automatically wrapped at the right margin of the editor's dropdown window.

true if an editor always wraps text at the right margin.

Represents a class which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether return characters can be inserted into text.

true if return characters are accepted and processed by a memo editor; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether a user can insert tab characters into text.

true if users can enter tabs in a memo editor using the TAB key; false if pressing the TAB key moves focus to another control.

Copies the settings of a repository item.

A object representing the source object.

Gets a value indicating whether the autoheight feature is enabled.

Always false .

Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Gets or sets the number of lines to be displayed in a memo editor when it acts as an in-place control.

An integer value specifying the number of lines displayed by an in-place memo editor.

Provides access to the editor's mask settings.

A object which contains the editor's mask settings.

This property isn't used.

Gets an object providing properties specific to a memo edit control.

A object instance providing settings common to a memo edit control.

Gets or sets a value indicating which scrollbars are displayed.

A enumeration value indicating whether 0, 1 or 2 are displayed.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemMemoEdit class.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether text is automatically wrapped at an editor's right margin.

true if an editor always wraps text at the right margin, false if it displays a separate line only following a carriage return character.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to an control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Copies settings of the specified repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image within the image editor.

A enumeration value which specifies the image's alignment.

Gets or sets how the editor stores the image pasted via the editor's context menu.

A value representing how an image loaded via the editor's context menu is stored in the edit value.

Gets an object providing properties specific to an image edit control.

A object instance.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the context menu is displayed when the dropdown window is right-clicked.

true if the context menu is displayed when the dropdown window is right-clicked.

Gets or sets a value specifying how the image is displayed within the image editor.

A enumeration value.

A repository item storing settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the header panel in the dropdown calendar.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the header panel in the dropdown calendar.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the highlighted header panel in the dropdown calendar.

A object, that contains the appearance settings used to paint the header panel's text under the mouse pointer.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the text within the dropdown calendar.

A object that contains the appearance settings used to paint the text under the mouse pointer, within the editor's dropdown.

Provides appearance settings used to paint week numbers.

An object that contains the corresponding appearance settings.

Copies source repository item properties to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Gets or sets whether an end-user can edit the time portion of a date value via the dropdown calendar. This functionality is supported in the and display modes.

A value that specifies whether an end-user can edit the time portion of a date value via the dropdown calendar.

Contains settings related to time editing within the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar.

An object that contains settings related to time editing within the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar.

Gets or sets the appearance of the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar.

A value that specifies how a date value is edited via the control's dropdown window.

Occurs when drawing day cells in the dropdown calendar.

Specifies how a responds to an attempt to enter an invalid date value.

A value specifying how to respond to an invalid date value.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets the format settings applied to the editor when it is not focused.

A object containing format settings.

Provides the ability to custom paint day cells in the dropdown calendar.

Provides access to the settings used to format the edit value when the editor has input focus.

A object containing format settings.

Gets or sets an edit mask.

A string specifying a mask expression.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Gets or sets whether Saturdays and Sundays are highlighted.

true to highlight Saturdays and Sundays; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the editor's maximum value.

A structure which represents the maximum allowed date.

Gets or sets the editor's minimum value.

A structure which represents the minimum allowed date.

Gets or sets a value representing the null date.

A value representing the null date.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemDateEdit class.

The Size.Empty value.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemDateEdit class.

The Size.Empty value.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the button edit control.

The object.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the dropdown calendar contains a Clear button.

true, if the dropdown calendar contains a Clear button; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether to display the Today button in the dropdown calendar.

true, if the Today button is visible; otherwise,false.

Gets or sets whether to display week numbers in the dropdown window.

true, if the dropdown window displays week numbers; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the step by which minutes increment in the touch-aware calendar. The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUIMinuteIncrement.

The number by which minutes increment in the touch-aware calendar.

Gets or sets the step by which seconds increment in the touch-aware calendar. The value of 60 must be multiple of TouchUISecondIncrement.

The number by which seconds increment in the touch-aware calendar.

Gets or sets the initial date grouping View that is enabled when a date editor opens.

A VistaCalendarInitialViewStyle enumeration value that specifies the initial date grouping View that is enabled when a date editor opens.

Gets or sets which date grouping Views are available in Windows Vista display mode.

A value that specifies which date grouping Views are available in Windows Vista display mode.

Gets or sets whether the editor's dropdown calendar looks and functions like the Date Editor in Windows Vista.

A value that specifies whether the editor's dropdown calendar looks and functions like the Date Editor in Windows Vista.

Gets or sets whether the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar contains a time editor for editing the time portion of the date-time value.

A value that specifies whether the dropdown calendar contains a time editor.

Contains settings that control the appearance and behavior of the time editor embedded into the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar.

A object that contains appearance and behavior settings of the time editor embedded into the DateEdit control's dropdown calendar.

Gets or sets a rule which determines the first week of the year.

A enumeration value which determines the first week of the year.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to controls.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the auto completion feature is enabled.

true if the auto completion is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the auto completion feature is case sensitive.

true if the auto completion feature is case sensitive, otherwise false.

Gets a value indicating whether the end-user can navigate through dropdown values by double clicking the edit box.

true if double-clicking the edit box cycles through combo box items; otherwise, false.

Provides the ability to custom paint the items displayed within the combo box editor's drop down.

Occurs when drawing an item in the dropdown list.

Gets or sets the height of an item in the dropdown list.

The height of an item in the dropdown window, in pixels.

Gets or sets the number of items simultaneously displayed in the dropdown window.

The number of visible items in the dropdown window.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted within the control's popup window.

A value that specifies how selected and hot-tracked items are highlighted.

Gets or sets, if the items from the dropdown menu can be hot tracked.

true if the Hot Track feature is enabled; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the items in the dropdown are hot-tracked when the mouse pointer moves over them.

true if the items in the dropdown are hot-tracked; otherwise, false.

Gets the collection of items displayed by the current combo box editor.

The collection of items displayed by the editor.

Allows you to change the height of specific items in the dropdown window.

Gets the editor which owns the current repository item object.

A control owning the current repository item.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the combo box editor.

The object providing settings specific to the combo box editor.

Occurs on changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor.

Occurs after changing the index of the selected value in the combo box editor.

Gets or sets whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed.

A value that specifies whether tooltips are displayed for items whose text is trimmed.

Gets or sets whether the items are sorted.

true to sort items; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Ctrl key must be pressed when scrolling combo box items.

true if scrolling items requires the Ctrl key to be pressed; otherwise, false.

Contains settings specific to a editor.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Specifies the alignment of the preview color box within the control's edit region.

A value specifying the alignment of the preview color box within the control's edit region.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Gets or sets the value indicating the type of display text describing the selected color.

The type of display text to represent the selected color.

Gets or sets an array of user-defined colors to display in the Custom panel of the dropdown window.

An array of user-defined colors to display in the Custom panel.

Gets the default alignment of the editor contents when the editor is inplace within a container control.

The value.

Gets the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A string identifying the editor's class name.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Specifies how selected items are highlighted within the control's popup window.

A value that specifies how selected items are highlighted.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemColorEdit class.

The Size.Empty value.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemColorEdit class.

The Size.Empty value.

Gets an object containing settings specific to the control.

The object containing settings for the current control.

Gets or sets whether the standard color dialog is displayed when an end-user right-clicks on a custom color box within the dropdown window.

true if the color dialog should be displayed when right-clicking on a custom color box; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the Custom tabbed page is visible.

true if the Custom tabbed page is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the System tabbed page is visible.

true if the System tabbed page is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether the Web tabbed page is visible.

true if the Web tabbed page is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets a value specifying the type of value returned by the property.

true if stores the selected color as an integer; false if stores it as a System.Drawing.Color structure.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed in the control's edit box.

The value determining the editing style.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether a check editor should support three check states rather than two.

true if the is able to display three check states; otherwise, false.

Copies the settings of a specific repository item to the current one.

A object representing the source of the operation.

Gets or sets the caption of the current .

A String value that is the caption of the current .

Occurs when the property value has been changed.

Occurs when the property value has changed.

Gets or sets a value that determines the look and feel of the check box.

A enumerator value specifying the look and feel of the check box.

Gets or sets the text representation of the value.

A string that specifies the text representation of the value.

Gets or sets the text representation of the value.

A string that specifies the text representation of the value.

Gets or sets the text representation of the value.

A string that specifies the text representation of the value.

Gets the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

A object identifying the class name of the corresponding editor.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Converts the value passed as a parameter to the appropriate check state.

A expression (typically, the edited value) to be converted to the appropriate check state. A enumeration value representing the check state to be set.

Converts the check state value passed as a parameter to the appropriate edit value.

A enumeration value representing the check state to be converted to the appropriate edited value. A expression representing the edited value to be set for a check editor.

Occurs when a hyperlink within the current RepositoryItemCheckEdit control's caption is clicked.

Gets or sets the index of an image that represents the CheckEdit's checked state (when the property is set to UserDefined).

A zero-based integer specifying the index of an image that represents the CheckEdit's checked state.

Gets or sets the index of an image that represents the CheckEdit's grayed state (when the property is set to UserDefined).

A zero-based integer specifying the index of an image that represents the CheckEdit's grayed state.

Gets or sets the index of an image that represents the CheckEdit's unchecked state (when the property is set to UserDefined).

A zero-based integer specifying the index of an image that represents the CheckEdit's unchecked state.

Gets or sets the collection of images that can be used to represent the CheckEdit's checked, unchecked and grayed states.

An object which represents the source of images.

Gets a value indicating whether the check editor functions like a radio button.

true if the check editor represents a radio button; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the value that determines the display style of the check box when the editor's check state is grayed.

A enumeration value specifying the check box display style in the grayed check state.

Gets or sets a custom image representing the editor's checked state.

A object displayed instead of the default check box in the checked state.

Gets or sets a custom image representing the CheckEdit control's grayed state.

A object displayed instead of the default check box in the grayed state.

Gets or sets a custom image representing the CheckEdit control's unchecked state.

A object displayed instead of the default check box in the unchecked state.

Gets an object providing properties specific to a check edit control.

A object instance providing settings specific to a check edit control.

Enables you to convert the edited value to an appropriate check state.

Enables you to convert the editor's check state to an edited value.

Gets or sets the index of a logical radio group to which the check editor belongs.

An integer value specifying the non-negative index of a logical radio group owning the check editor.

Gets or sets a value corresponding to the editor's checked state.

A expression representing the checked state's value.

Gets or sets a value corresponding to the grayed state of a check editor.

A expression representing the grayed state's value.

Gets or sets a value corresponding to the unchecked state of a check editor.

A expression representing the unchecked state's value.

Represents a class which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Gets the default alignment of the editor's contents when the editor operates as an inplace control.

The value.

Gets or sets an edit mask

A string which specifies a mask expression.

Returns the class name of the edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Returns the editor which owns the current repository item object.

A control owning the current repository item.

This property is not supported by the RepositoryItemCalcEdit class.

The Size.Empty value.

Gets or sets the maximum number of digits displayed to the right of the decimal point when the dropdown is open.

The maximum number of digits displayed in the fractional part of the value.

Gets an object providing properties specific to the calc edit control.

The object providing settings for the calc edit control.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether the close button should be displayed in the dropdown window.

true if the close button is displayed in the dropdown; otherwise false.

Occurs after the value of the property has been changed.

Represents a repository item which stores settings specific to a control.

Initializes a new class instance with default settings.

Gets or sets whether the RepositoryItemButtonEdit's buttons should be painted in the same color as the buttons captions.

A DefaultBoolean enumerator value that specifies whether the RepositoryItemButtonEdit's buttons should be painted in the same color as the buttons captions.

Copies properties of the source repository item to the current object.

The source repository item object.

Performs specific actions before control initialization.

Occurs when an editor button is clicked.

Occurs when an edit button is pressed within a button editor.

Returns the collection of buttons in the current button editor.

The object providing access to buttons for the button editor.

Gets or sets the style used to draw editor buttons.

The value identifying the style to draw editor buttons.

Gets or sets the style used to draw editor buttons.

A enumeration value identifying the style to draw editor buttons.

Creates a default button in the button collection.

Returns the class name of an edit control corresponding to the current repository item.

The string identifying the class name of a corresponding editor.

Returns an editor which owns the current repository item object.

A control owning the current repository item.

Returns an object providing properties specific to the button edit control.

The object providing settings common to the current edit control.

Gets or sets whether the property is automatically set to , when the editor is displayed within a and .

true if the property is automatically set to , when the editor is displayed within a and ; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the style in which text is displayed and edited in the button editor.

The value determining the editing style.

Serves as the base for all repository items.

Creates a new object.

Gets or sets the default action description of the repository item for use by accessibility client applications.

A string which specifies the default action description of the repository item for use by accessibility client applications.

Gets or sets the description of the repository item used by accessibility client applications.

A string which specifies the repository item's description that is used by accessibility client applications.

Gets or sets the repository item's name which is used by accessibility client applications.

A string which specifies the name of the repository item used by accessibility client applications.

Gets or sets the repository item's accessible role.

An enumeration value which represents a role for the repository item.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the focus rectangle is displayed within the editor when it has focus.

true, if the focus rectangle is displayed when the editor has focus; otherwise, false.

Gets a value which indicates whether the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's focused can be used.

true if the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's focused can be used; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether HTML tags can be used to format an editor's text or text of the editor's items.

A value that specifies whether HTML tags can be used to format an editor's text or text of the editor's items.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Gets or sets whether value scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor.

true if scrolling via the Mouse Wheel is supported by the editor; otherwise, false.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's enabled.

A object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's enabled.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the editor when it's disabled.

A object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's disabled.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the current editor when it's focused.

A object which provides the appearance setting used to paint the editor when it's focused.

Gets the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the read-only editor.

Copies settings from the repository item specified as a parameter.

A object whose settings are to be copied to the current object.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content.

true if the editor's height is calculated automatically to fit the editor's content; otherwise, false.

Notifies the editor that the initialization has been started.

Locks the RepositoryItem object by disallowing visual updates until the EndUpdate or CancelUpdate method is called.

Gets or sets the editor's best fit width.

An integer value that specifies the editor's best fit width, in pixels.

Gets or sets the editor's border style.

A enumeration value specifying the editor's border style.

Unlocks the RepositoryItem object after it has been locked by the BeginUpdate method, without causing an immediate visual update.

Fires when clicking the editor.

Creates a copy of the current repository item.

A object (or its descendant) that is a copy of the current item.

Connects the repository item to the specified object.

An object representing the control to which the current repository item is connected.

Gets or sets the context menu for the editor.

A object representing the context menu for the editor.

Gets or sets the shortcut menu for the editor.

A object that represents a shortcut menu for the editor.

Creates an editor whose type corresponds to the repository item's type.

A descendant representing the editor whose type corresponds to this repository item's type.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A object used to paint the group rows in the XtraGrid.

This member supports the editor library's internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your applications.

A DevExpress.XtraEditors.Drawing.BaseEditPainter descendant used to paint the editor.

This member supports the editors library's internal infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your applications.

A DevExpress.XtraEditors.ViewInfo.BaseEditViewInfo descendant containing the editor's view information.

Enables custom display text to be provided for an editor.

Gets the default horizontal alignment of the editor's content.

A enumeration value specifying the editor content's default horizontal alignment.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Removes the connection between the repository item and the specified object.

An object representing the control from which the repository item is disconnected.

Provides access to the format settings applied to the editor's display text. These settings are in effect when the editor does not have input focus.

A object containing the formatting settings applied to the control's display text.

Fires when the editor is double clicked.

Fires when an object is dropped onto the editor.

Fires when a dragged object enters the editor's area.

Fires when a dragged object leaves the editor's area.

Fires repeatedly when dragging an object over the editor.

Gets whether the editor's value can be changed.

Always true.

Provides access to the settings used to format the edit value when the editor has input focus.

A object containing the formatting settings applied to the edited value when the editor has input focus.

Gets the class name of the editor corresponding to the repository item.

A string value representing the class name of the editor.

Fires immediately after changing the edit value.

Gets or sets the time interval between the moment when an end-user stops changing the editor's value and the event being raised.

An integer value which specifies the time interval in milliseconds.

Gets or sets the default time interval between the moment when an end-user stops changing the editor's value and the event being raised.

An integer value which specifies the time interval in milliseconds.

Gets or sets the event's firing mode.

An enumeration member which specifies when the editor's event should be raised.

Fires when the editor's value is about to be changed.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the edit control can respond to user actions. This property is supported for standalone editors.

true, if the editor can respond to user actions; otherwise, false.

Notifies the editor that the initialization has been completed.

Unlocks the RepositoryItem object after a call to the BeginUpdate method and causes an immediate visual update.

Fires when the editor receives focus.

Specifies whether the editor's value or display text is exported when data is exported to XLS and CSV formats.

A enumeration value.

Enables you to format the editor's value.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Returns a brick object that contains information on how the current editor should be printed.

Returns the text representation of the specified value formatted using the editor's settings.

An object representing the value to be formatted. A string value representing the formatted textual representation of the value specified.

Returns the text representation of the specified value, formatted according to the specified settings.

A object that specifies formatting settings. A value to be formatted. A string that specifies the value's formatted text representation.

Returns a hash code.

The hash code for the current object.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Enables you to specify the cursor appearance when dragging this editor's data.

Fires when the end-user requests help for the editor.

Gets or sets a collection of images to be inserted into the editor's display text or the display text of the editor's items. This property is in effect when using the HTML formatting feature.

A object that stores a collection of images.

Indicates whether a particular key can activate the editor used as an inplace control.

A System.Windows.Forms.Keys enumeration value (or a bitwise combination) specifying the key combination to process. true if the key can activate the editor; otherwise, false.

Indicates whether the editor is currently in design mode.

true if the editor is in design mode; otherwise, false.

Gets a value indicating whether the control has been disposed of.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Indicates whether the editor is being loaded.

true if the editor is being loaded, otherwise, false.

Gets a value indicating whether the editor is immediately updated in response to changing its settings.

true if the editor cannot be updated until unlocked; otherwise, false.

Indicates whether the key is handled by the editor or the container control.

A object specifying the key to process. true if the key will be processed by the editor.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Fires when a key is pressed while the editor has focus.

Fires when a character key is pressed while the editor has focus.

Fires when a key is released while the editor has focus.

Fires when the editor loses focus.

Gets the number of objects connected to the current repository item.

An integer value representing the number of repository item connections.

Locks the and events.

Provides access to the object specifying the editor's look and feel settings.

A object containing the editor's look and feel settings.

Fires when the edit value is first changed since it was last validated.

Fires when a mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over the editor.

Fires when the mouse pointer enters the editor's area.

Fires when hot-tracking an editor element.

Fires when the mouse pointer leaves the editor's area.

Fires when the mouse pointer moves over the editor's area.

Fires when the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over the editor.

Fires when the mouse wheel moves while the mouse pointer is within the editor.

Gets or sets the repository item name.

A string value representing the repository item name.

Set the NormalizeDisplayText property to true to correctly process diacritics when selecting rows from a dropdown window in the control.

Gets or sets the string displayed in the edit box when the editor's is null.

The string displayed in the edit box when the edit value is set to null or System.DBNull.Value.

Gets the editor which owns the repository item.

A descendant that owns the repository item.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Enables you to modify the edit value before it is accepted by the editor.

Gets or sets the popup window's location.

A structure which specifies the location of the editor's popup window.

Gets an object providing properties specific to all editors that can be used inplace within a container control.

A object providing settings common to all editors that can be used inplace, i.e. not standalone.

Fires immediately after a change to one of the editor's properties.

Fires when the help is provided to accessibility applications.

Fires when dragging the editor's data allowing you to specify whether dragging should be continued.

Provides the capability to specify whether the key pressed in the editor is processed by the editor or a container control (, , etc.) that displays this editor.

Gets or sets a value specifying whether the editor's value can be changed by end-users.

true if end-users can not modify editor's value; otherwise, false.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

false always.

This member supports the .NET Framework infrastructure and is not intended to be used in your applications.

[To be supplied]

Gets or sets a for the object.

A for the object.

Gets or sets the data associated with the repository item.

An object that contains the information which is associated with the repository item.

Returns a string that represents the current object.

A value which represents the repository item.

Unlocks the and events.

This member supports the internal infrastructure, and is not intended to be used directly from your code.

Allows you to specify whether the edit value is valid and whether the editor is allowed to lose focus.

Stores repository items to be shared between container controls and components (, , , , etc).

Creates a new class instance.

The owner which creates the persistent repository.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

An object which implements the interface.

Provides access to the collection of repository items stored in the repository.

A object that contains a collection of repository items.

This method supports the internal infrastructure and is not intended to be called directly from your code.

[To be supplied]

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Contains values specifying the style of the progress bar's indicator.

Separates the progress bar's indicator into small squares. The Broken style is not supported in specific paint schemes.

Represents the progress bar's indicator as a solid color bar. The Solid style is not supported in specific paint schemes.

Lists values specifying the control's direction.

Sets progress direction to horizontal.

Sets progress direction to vertical.

Represents an individual item within an image combo box editor.

Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's caption and image index.

The string to initialize the item's property. The value to initialize the property.

Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's caption.

The string to initialize the property.

Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's value and image index.

The object to initialize the item's property. The value to initialize the item's property.

Creates an image combobox item and initializes its properties to the specified values.

The string to initialize the item's property. The object to initialize the item's property. The value to initialize the item's property.

Creates an image combobox item and sets its image index to the specified value.

The value to initialize the property.

Creates an image combobox item and initializes the item's value and caption.

The string to initialze the item's . The value to initialize the item's .

Creates an image combobox item and sets all its properties to their default values.

Creates an image combo box item and initializes the item's value.

The object to initialize the item's property.

Represent an individual editor button displayed in a control or descendant.

Initializes a new instance of the class with default settings.

Initializes a new instance of the class with a button type.

A type value representing the kind of button to create.

Initializes a new instance with the specified property values.

The value to initialize the button's property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property.

Initializes a new instance with the specified property values.

The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified property values.

The value to initialize the button's property with. The value to initialize the button's property with.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initiailize the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if an editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption. This value is used to initialize the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class.

A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. A string value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. The value to initialize the button's property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. A value which identifies the button. This value is assigned to the property. A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class

A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. The value to initialize the button's property. A object that represents a tooltip that supports multiple text and image regions. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property. A object for the current button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A value that specifies the predefined image for the button. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the button's shortcut. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's tool tip. This value is assigned to the property. An object to be associated with the button. This value is assigned to the property.

Initializes a new instance of the EditorButton class with the specified settings.

A enumeration value that specifies the button's image type. This value is assigned to the property. A value which specifies the button's caption. This value is assigned to the property. An integer value specifying the button's width. This value is assigned to the property. true if the editor button is enabled and an end-user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is visible; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. true if the button is aligned to the editor's left edge; false if the button is aligned to the editor's right edge. This value is assigned to the property. An value that specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text. This value is assigned to the property. A object which represents the image displayed on the button's surface. This value is assigned to the property.

Provides access to the button's appearance settings.

A object which provides the appearance settings used to paint the button.

Copies all properties of the specified button to the current object.

The source object whose properties must be copied.

Binds the specific command to this EditorButton.

An Expression that selects the appropriate command from the source object. An Object (e.g., a ViewModel) where the commandSelector looks for the required command. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter.

Binds the specific command to this EditorButton.

An Object that is the command to be bound to this EditorButton. A Func delegate that passes the specific Object to the command as a parameter.

Binds the specific command to this EditorButton.

Gets or sets the caption text of the editor button.

A string specifying button caption text.

Occurs when the properties defining the button's look and feel are changed.

Occurs when the current editor button is clicked.

Gets the buttons collection that owns the current button.

An object which represents a collection of editor buttons.

Gets or sets the Boolean value that determines whether a user can perform actions on the current editor button.

true if an editor button is enabled and a user can perform actions on it; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets whether specific colors in the button's image are transparent, when displayed.

true if specific colors in the button's image are transparent, when displayed; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the glyph alignment relative to its caption.

The value of the type specifies the alignment of the glyph relative to the button's caption.

Gets or sets a custom image to display on the button.

A object that specifies the image displayed on the button surface.

Gets or sets the alignment of the image displayed within the button.

A enumeration member which specifies the image's alignment.

Specifies the position of the button's image relative to the text.

A value that specifies the alignment of the button's image relative to the text.

Gets the button's position within the owning collection.

A zero-based integer representing the button's position.

Gets or sets whether the button is the default button.

true if the button is the default button; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the location of the button within the current control.

true if the button is aligned to the left; false if the button is aligned to the right.

Gets or sets the type of image to display within the button.

A enumerator value that specifies the type of image to display within the button.

Raises the event.

Reverts the button's properties to its default values.

Removes the object that has been assigned to the editor button.

Gets or sets a shortcut used to activate the button's functionality.

The object specifying the shortcut for the current button.

Gets or sets a for the current button.

A object associated with the button.

Gets or sets a value that identifies the current button.

A that identifies the current EditorButton instance.

Gets or sets the button's regular tooltip.

A string which specifies the button's regular tooltip.

Returns the text representation of the current object.

A string that specifies the text representation of the current EditorButton object.

Gets or sets the visibility status of the current button.

true if the button is visible; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the button's width.

The button's width in pixels. Setting it to -1 enables auto width.

Serves as the base for the class representing image combo box items.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class and sets its to the specified parameter.

An object to initialize the property.

Gets or sets the value associated with the current item.

An object representing the value associated with the current item.

Represents a method that will handle the event.

Represents a method that will handle the event of a popup editor.

The event source. This identifies the editor whose popup window is closed. A object containing data related to the event.

Provides data for the event.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes the property with the specified value.

An object to initialize the property.

Creates a new instance of the class and initializes its properties based upon specified parameters.

An object to initialize the property value. A value to initialize the property.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified values.

An object representing the value to assign to the editor's edit value. This value is assigned to the property. true if the value must be accepted; otherwise, false. This value is assigned to the property. A enumeration value which specifies how a dropdown editor's popup window was closed. This value is assigned to the property.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether should be accepted or discarded.

true if the value must be accepted; otherwise, false.

Gets a value indicating how the popup editor's dropdown window was closed.

A enumeration value which specifies how the dropdown editor's popup window was closed.

Gets or sets a value to assign to the editor's edit value.

The value to assign to the editor's property.

Represents a method that will handle the and events.

Represents a method for handling the and events of a control.

The event source. A that contains event data.

Provides data for the and events.

Creates and initializes a new object of the class.

The object used to initialize the property.

Gets the button being pressed/clicked.

The object specifying the currently pressed/clicked button.

Specifies how a value is displayed and edited in the button editor's edit box.

A button editor is displayed in its normal way. However, editing and selecting text is not allowed. If you want to enable a user to select text but disable text modifications, you can set the text editing style to Standard and set the property to true.

The text editing region is not visible and the editor displays only buttons contained in the current button editor. If no buttons can be displayed (for instance because of setting the property to False), the editor displays an empty region in this case.

A button editor works in its normal way. Editing and selecting text is allowed.

Contains styles for the increment and decrement buttons.

Orients the editor increment and decrement buttons horizontally.

Orients the editor increment and decrement buttons vertically.

Determines the behavior of a popup control when a user clicks within its text region.

A popup window is activated when a user double-clicks within the text region of a control. Note: the value is in effect when the property is set to as well.

Clicking within the text region does not activate the popup window. A popup window appears only when pressing the key or Alt + DownArrow key, or calling the editor's method.

A popup window is activated when a user clicks within the text region of a control.

Contains styles for popup window borders.

Borders are flat. This style is reserved for future use. Currently, the Default style is the same as the style.

Borders are flat.

There are no borders.

Borders are thin and drawn using a single line.

Borders are three-dimensional.

Specifies the size mode of the image contained within a or editor.

A picture is not stretched.

An image is displayed as is if its actual size is smaller than the size of the container. If the image size is larger than the container's size, the image is shrunk proportionally to fit the container's bounds.

A picture is stretched in order to fit within the area of an editor (or editor's dropdown window).

A picture is stretched horizontally. Its height remains unchanged.

A picture is stretched vertically. Its width remains unchanged.

A picture is stretched proportionally. The picture fits within the area of an editor (or editor's dropdown window) at least in one direction.

Lists values specifying the position of the tabs in a tab container.

The tabs are located across the bottom of the tab container.

The tabs are located along the left side of the tab container.

The tabs are located along the right side of the tab container.

The tabs are located across the top of the tab container.